diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/pkgsrc.html | 1826 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/pkgsrc.txt | 1796 |
2 files changed, 1941 insertions, 1681 deletions
diff --git a/doc/pkgsrc.html b/doc/pkgsrc.html index 277c5e0f7d6..d2d6cf9066c 100644 --- a/doc/pkgsrc.html +++ b/doc/pkgsrc.html @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </h3> </div></div> <div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1994-2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc</p></div> -<div><p class="pubdate">$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.22 2006/09/01 16:35:39 jmmv Exp $</p></div> +<div><p class="pubdate">$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.23 2006/09/19 17:50:38 rillig Exp $</p></div> <div><div class="abstract"> <p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p> <p>pkgsrc is a centralized package management system for @@ -144,271 +144,276 @@ <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">6.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> <dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">6.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">7. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#XFree86-from-pkgsrc">7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">7.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">7.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">7. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${PREFIX}</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">8. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#XFree86-from-pkgsrc">8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">8.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">7.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">7.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">7.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">7.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#too-much-time">7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">8.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">8.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">8.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">8.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#too-much-time">8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> <dt><span class="part"><a href="#developers-guide">II. The pkgsrc developer's guide</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">8. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">9. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">10. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">9.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">9.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">9.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">10.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">9.3.1. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">9.3.2. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">10.3.1. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">10.3.2. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">9.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">9.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">10.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">10.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">9.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">9.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">9.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">10. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">11. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">10.1.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">10.2. Code snippets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">11.1.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">11.2. Code snippets</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">10.2.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">10.2.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">11.2.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">11.2.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">11. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">12. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">11.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">11.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">11.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">11.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">11.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">11.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">12.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">12.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">12.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">12. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">13. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">12.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">12.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">12.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">12.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">13. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">14. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">13.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">13.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">14.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">14.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">13.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">14.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">13.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">13.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">14.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">13.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">13.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">13.5. System shells</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">13.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">13.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">14.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">14.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">14.5. System shells</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">14.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">14. Options handling</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">15. Options handling</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">14.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">14.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">14.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">15.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">15.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">15. The build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">16. The build process</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">16.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">16.2. Program location</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">16.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">16.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">15.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">15.2. Program location</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">15.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">15.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">15.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">16.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">16.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">17. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">15.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">17.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">17.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">15.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">15.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">15.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">15.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">15.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">15.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">15.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">15.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">15.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">15.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">15.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">15.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">18. Making your package work</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">18.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">18.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">18.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">18.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">18.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">18.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">16. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">16.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">16.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">17. Making your package work</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">17.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">17.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">17.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">17.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">17.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">17.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">17.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">17.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">17.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">17.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">17.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">17.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">17.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">17.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">17.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">17.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">17.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">17.6.3. Installing score files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">17.6.6. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">17.6.7. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">17.6.14. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">18.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">18.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">18.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">18.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">18.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">18.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">18.6.3. Installing score files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">18.6.6. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">18.6.7. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">18.6.14. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">17.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">18.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">18. Debugging</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">19. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">19. Debugging</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">20. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">19.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">19.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">20.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">20. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">21. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">21. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">22. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">21.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">21.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">21.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">22.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">22.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> <dt><span class="part"><a href="#infrastructure">III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">22. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">22.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">22.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">23.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">22.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">22.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">23.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">23.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">22.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">23.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">22.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">22.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">23.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">22.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">22.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">23. Regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">24. Regression tests</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">23.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">23.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">23.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">24.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">24.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">24.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">23.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">23.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">24.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">24.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">24. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">25. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">24.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> <dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#examples">A. A simple example package: bison</a></span></dt> @@ -452,9 +457,9 @@ source packages</a></span></dt> </dt> <dt>3.1. <a href="#binary-kits">Binary kits and available packages</a> </dt> -<dt>9.1. <a href="#patch-examples">Patching examples</a> +<dt>10.1. <a href="#patch-examples">Patching examples</a> </dt> -<dt>21.1. <a href="#plist-handling">PLIST handling for GNOME packages</a> +<dt>22.1. <a href="#plist-handling">PLIST handling for GNOME packages</a> </dt> </dl> </div> @@ -809,28 +814,33 @@ minutes!</p> <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">6.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> <dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">6.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">7. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#XFree86-from-pkgsrc">7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">7.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">7.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">7. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${PREFIX}</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">8. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#XFree86-from-pkgsrc">8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">8.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">7.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">7.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">7.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">7.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#too-much-time">7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">8.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">8.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">8.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">8.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#too-much-time">8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -2348,7 +2358,7 @@ works.</p> pkgsrc tree instances.)</p></li> <li><p><code class="varname">LOCALPATCHES</code>: Directory for local patches that aren't part of pkgsrc. - See <a href="#components.patches" title="9.3. patches/*">Section 9.3, “patches/*”</a> for more + See <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a> for more information. <em class="replaceable"><code>rel</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>arch</code></em> are replaced with OS release (“<span class="quote">2.0</span>”, etc.) and architecture @@ -2588,13 +2598,13 @@ PKG_OPTIONS.apache= suexec </pre> <code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/packages</code>, in the form of a gzipped tar file. See <a href="#logs.package" title="B.2. Packaging figlet">Section B.2, “Packaging figlet”</a> for a continuation of the above <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/pkgsrc/misc/figlet/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">misc/figlet</code></a> example.</p> -<p>See <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 19. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 19, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a> for information on how to submit +<p>See <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 20. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 20, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a> for information on how to submit such a binary package.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> <a name="settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages"></a>6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</h2></div></div></div> -<p>See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="15.17. Other helpful targets">Section 15.17, “Other helpful targets”</a>.</p> +<p>See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="16.17. Other helpful targets">Section 16.17, “Other helpful targets”</a>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> @@ -3036,30 +3046,150 @@ nbftp% <strong class="userinput"><code>chmod 755 .</code></strong> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="faq"></a>Chapter 7. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="files"></a>Chapter 7. Directory layout of the installed files</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#XFree86-from-pkgsrc">7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">7.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">7.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${PREFIX}</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +</dl> +</div> +<p>The files that are installed by pkgsrc are organized in a way that +is similar to what you find in the <code class="filename">/usr</code> directory +of the base system. But some details are different. This is because +pkgsrc initially came from FreeBSD and had adopted its file system +hierarchy. Later it was largely influenced by NetBSD. But no matter +which operating system you are using pkgsrc with, you can expect the +same layout for pkgsrc.</p> +<p>There are mainly three root directories for pkgsrc:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> +<li><p><code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> corresponds to the +<code class="filename">/usr</code> directory in the base system. It is the +“<span class="quote">main</span>” directory where the files are installed and contains +the well-known subdirectories like <code class="filename">bin</code>, +<code class="filename">include</code>, <code class="filename">lib</code>, +<code class="filename">share</code> and +<code class="filename">sbin</code>.</p></li> +<li><p><code class="varname">VARBASE</code> corresponds to +<code class="filename">/var</code> in the base system. Some programs (especially +games, network daemons) need write access to it during normal +operation.</p></li> +<li><p><code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> corresponds to +<code class="filename">/etc</code> in the base system. It contains configuration +files of the packages, as well as pkgsrc's <code class="filename">mk.conf</code> +itself.</p></li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect1" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a name="files.localbase"></a>7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${PREFIX}</code></h2></div></div></div> +<p>The following directories exist in a typical pkgsrc installation +in <code class="filename">${PREFIX}</code>.</p> +<div class="variablelist"><dl> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">bin</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains executable programs that are intended to be +directly used by the end user.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">emul</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains files for the emulation layers of various other +operating systems, especially for +NetBSD.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">etc</code> (the usual location of +<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>)</span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains +the configuration files.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">include</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains headers for the C and C++ programming +languages.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">info</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains GNU info files of various +packages.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">lib</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains shared and static +libraries.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">libdata</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains data files that don't change after +installation. Other data files belong into +<code class="filename">${VARBASE}</code>.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">libexec</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains programs that are not intended to be used by +end users, such as helper programs or network +daemons.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">libexec/cgi-bin</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains programs that are intended to be executed as +CGI scripts by a web server.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">man</code> (the usual value of +<code class="filename">${PKGMANDIR}</code>)</span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains brief +documentation in form of manual pages.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">sbin</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains programs that are intended to be used only by +the super-user.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains platform-independent data files that don't +change after installation.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share/doc</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains documentation files provided by the +packages.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share/examples</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains example files provided by the packages. Among +others, the original configuration files are saved here and copied to +<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code> during +installation.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share/examples/rc.d</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains the original files for rc.d +scripts.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">var</code> (the usual location of +<code class="filename">${VARBASE}</code>)</span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains files +that may be modified after +installation.</p></dd> +</dl></div> +</div> +<div class="sect1" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a name="files.varbase"></a>7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></h2></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"><dl> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">db/pkg</code> (the usual location of +<code class="filename">${PKG_DBDIR}</code>)</span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains +information about the currently installed +packages.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">games</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains highscore +files.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">log</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains log files.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">run</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Contains informational files about daemons that are +currently running.</p></dd> +</dl></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> +<a name="faq"></a>Chapter 8. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#XFree86-from-pkgsrc">8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">8.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">7.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">7.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">7.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">7.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#too-much-time">7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">8.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">8.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">8.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">8.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#too-much-time">8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>This section contains hints, tips & tricks on special things in @@ -3067,7 +3197,7 @@ pkgsrc that we didn't find a better place for in the previous chapters, and it contains items for both pkgsrc users and developers.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="mailing-list-pointers"></a>7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="mailing-list-pointers"></a>8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</h2></div></div></div> <p>The following mailing lists may be of interest to pkgsrc users:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p><a href="http://www.NetBSD.org/MailingLists/index.html#pkgsrc-users" target="_top">pkgsrc-users</a>: @@ -3098,14 +3228,14 @@ it contains items for both pkgsrc users and developers.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="pkgviews-docs"></a>7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="pkgviews-docs"></a>8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</h2></div></div></div> <p>Pkgviews is tightly integrated with buildlink. You can find a pkgviews User's guide in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/buildlink3/PKGVIEWS_UG</code>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq-pkgtools"></a>7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq-pkgtools"></a>8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</h2></div></div></div> <p>The directory <code class="filename">pkgsrc/pkgtools</code> contains a number of useful utilities for both users and developers of pkgsrc. This section attempts only to make the reader aware of the utilities and when @@ -3182,7 +3312,7 @@ utilities)</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="non-root-pkgsrc"></a>7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="non-root-pkgsrc"></a>8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</h2></div></div></div> <p>If you want to use pkgsrc as non-root user, you can set some variables to make pkgsrc work under these conditions. At the very least, you need to set <code class="varname">UNPRIVILEGED</code> to “<span class="quote">yes</span>”; this @@ -3203,7 +3333,7 @@ that allow finer tuning of the tree layout.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="resume-transfers"></a>7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="resume-transfers"></a>8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</h2></div></div></div> <p>By default, resuming transfers in pkgsrc is disabled, but you can enable this feature by adding the option <code class="varname">PKG_RESUME_TRANSFERS=YES</code> into @@ -3227,7 +3357,7 @@ like:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="XFree86-from-pkgsrc"></a>7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="XFree86-from-pkgsrc"></a>8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc?</h2></div></div></div> <p>If you want to use XFree86 from pkgsrc instead of your system's own X11 (<code class="filename">/usr/X11R6</code>, <code class="filename">/usr/openwin</code>, ...), you will have to add the following line into @@ -3238,7 +3368,7 @@ X11 (<code class="filename">/usr/X11R6</code>, <code class="filename">/usr/openw </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="x.org-from-pkgsrc"></a>7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="x.org-from-pkgsrc"></a>8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc?</h2></div></div></div> <p>If you want to use X.org from pkgsrc instead of your system's own X11 (<code class="filename">/usr/X11R6</code>, <code class="filename">/usr/openwin</code>, ...) you will have to add the following line into @@ -3254,7 +3384,7 @@ this X.org X11 implementation from pkgsrc.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fetch-behind-firewall"></a>7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fetch-behind-firewall"></a>8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</h2></div></div></div> <p>If you are sitting behind a firewall which does not allow direct connections to Internet hosts (i.e. non-NAT), you may specify the relevant proxy hosts. This is done using an environment variable in the @@ -3269,7 +3399,7 @@ are:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="passive-ftp"></a>7.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="passive-ftp"></a>8.9. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</h2></div></div></div> <p>This depends on which utility is used to retrieve distfiles. From <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code>, <code class="varname">FETCH_CMD</code> is assigned the first available command from the following list:</p> @@ -3289,7 +3419,7 @@ transfers.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fetching-all-distfiles"></a>7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fetching-all-distfiles"></a>8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</h2></div></div></div> <p>You would like to download all the distfiles in a single batch from work or university, where you can't run a <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span>. There is an archive of distfiles on <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/distfiles/" target="_top">ftp.NetBSD.org</a>, @@ -3321,7 +3451,7 @@ by running:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="tmac.andoc-missing"></a>7.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +<a name="tmac.andoc-missing"></a>8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> <p>When compiling the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_install</code></a> package, you get the error from make that it doesn't know how to make @@ -3335,7 +3465,7 @@ environment or in <code class="filename">/etc/mk.conf</code>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="bsd.own.mk-missing"></a>7.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="bsd.own.mk-missing"></a>8.12. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> <p>You didn't install the compiler set, <code class="filename">comp.tgz</code>, when you installed your NetBSD machine. Please get and install it, by extracting it in <code class="filename">/</code>:</p> @@ -3347,7 +3477,7 @@ the one that corresponds to your release (determine via <span><strong class="com </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="using-sudo-with-pkgsrc"></a>7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="using-sudo-with-pkgsrc"></a>8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> <p>When installing packages as non-root user and using the just-in-time <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?su+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">su</span>(1)</span></a> feature of pkgsrc, it can become annoying to type in the root password for each required package installed. To avoid this, the sudo @@ -3363,7 +3493,7 @@ into your <code class="filename">/etc/mk.conf</code>:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq.conf"></a>7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.conf"></a>8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</h2></div></div></div> <p>As the system administrator, you can choose where configuration files are installed. The default settings make all these files go into <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/etc</code> or some of its subdirectories; this may @@ -3385,7 +3515,7 @@ reinstall any affected packages.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="audit-packages"></a>7.15. Automated security checks</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="audit-packages"></a>8.15. Automated security checks</h2></div></div></div> <p>Please be aware that there can often be bugs in third-party software, and some of these bugs can leave a machine vulnerable to exploitation by attackers. In an effort to lessen the exposure, the NetBSD packages team @@ -3419,7 +3549,7 @@ check.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="ufaq-cflags"></a>7.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="ufaq-cflags"></a>8.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</h2></div></div></div> <p>When you add your own preferences to the <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> variable in your <code class="filename">mk.conf</code>, these flags are passed in @@ -3441,7 +3571,7 @@ check.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="ufaq-fail"></a>7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="ufaq-fail"></a>8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</h2></div></div></div> <div class="procedure"><ol type="1"> <li><p>Make sure that your copy of pkgsrc is consistent. A case that occurs often is that people only update pkgsrc in @@ -3462,7 +3592,7 @@ check.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq.rcs-conflicts"></a>7.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.rcs-conflicts"></a>8.18. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> <p>You have modified a file from pkgsrc, and someone else has modified that same file afterwards in the CVS repository. Both changes are in the same region of the file, so when you updated pkgsrc, the @@ -3475,7 +3605,7 @@ anymore, you can remove that file and run <span><strong class="command">cvs -q u </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="too-much-time"></a>7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="too-much-time"></a>8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</h2></div></div></div> <p>This is not really an FAQ yet, but here's the answer anyway.</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -3506,213 +3636,213 @@ anymore, you can remove that file and run <span><strong class="command">cvs -q u <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">8. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">9. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">10. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">9.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">9.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">9.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">10.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">9.3.1. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">9.3.2. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">10.3.1. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">10.3.2. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">9.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">9.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">10.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">10.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">9.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">9.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">9.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">10. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">11. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">10.1.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">10.2. Code snippets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">11.1.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">11.2. Code snippets</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">10.2.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">10.2.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">11.2.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">11.2.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">11. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">12. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">11.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">11.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">11.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">11.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">11.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">11.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">12.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">12.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">12.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">12. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">13. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">12.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">12.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">12.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">12.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">13. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">14. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">13.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">13.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">14.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">14.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">13.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">14.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">13.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">13.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">14.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">13.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">13.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">13.5. System shells</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">13.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">13.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">14.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">14.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">14.5. System shells</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">14.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">14. Options handling</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">15. Options handling</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">14.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">14.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">14.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">15.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">15.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">15. The build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">16. The build process</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">15.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">15.2. Program location</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">15.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">15.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">15.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">16.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">16.2. Program location</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">16.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">16.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">15.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">15.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">15.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">15.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">15.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">15.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">15.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">15.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">15.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">15.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">15.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">15.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">15.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">16.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">16.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">17. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">17.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">17.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">18. Making your package work</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">18.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">18.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">18.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">18.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">18.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">18.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">16. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">18.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">16.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">16.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">18.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">18.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">17. Making your package work</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">17.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">17.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">17.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">17.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">17.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">17.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">17.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">17.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">18.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">17.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">17.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">17.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">17.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">17.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">17.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">17.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">17.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">17.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">17.6.3. Installing score files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">17.6.6. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">17.6.7. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">17.6.14. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">18.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">18.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">18.6.3. Installing score files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">18.6.6. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">18.6.7. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">18.6.14. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">17.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">18.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">18. Debugging</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">19. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">19. Debugging</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">20. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">19.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">19.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">20.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">20. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">21. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">21. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">22. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">21.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">21.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">21.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">22.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">22.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="creating"></a>Chapter 8. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="creating"></a>Chapter 9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</h2></div></div></div> <p>When you find a package that is not yet in pkgsrc, you most likely have a URL from where you can download the source code. Starting with this URL, creating a package involves only a @@ -3771,7 +3901,7 @@ anymore, you can remove that file and run <span><strong class="command">cvs -q u explanations.</p></li> <li><p>Now, run <span><strong class="command">bmake</strong></span> to build the package. For the various things that can go wrong in this phase, - consult <a href="#fixes" title="Chapter 17. Making your package work">Chapter 17, <i>Making your package work</i></a>.</p></li> + consult <a href="#fixes" title="Chapter 18. Making your package work">Chapter 18, <i>Making your package work</i></a>.</p></li> <li><p>When the package builds fine, the next step is to install the package. Run <span><strong class="command">bmake install</strong></span> and hope that everything works.</p></li> @@ -3796,26 +3926,26 @@ anymore, you can remove that file and run <span><strong class="command">cvs -q u </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="components"></a>Chapter 9. Package components - files, directories and contents</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components"></a>Chapter 10. Package components - files, directories and contents</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">9.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">9.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">9.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">10.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">9.3.1. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">9.3.2. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">10.3.1. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">10.3.2. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">9.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">9.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">10.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">10.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">9.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">9.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">9.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>Whenever you're preparing a package, there are a number of @@ -3823,7 +3953,7 @@ files involved which are described in the following sections.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.Makefile"></a>9.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components.Makefile"></a>10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></h2></div></div></div> <p>Building, installation and creation of a binary package are all controlled by the package's <code class="filename">Makefile</code>. The <code class="filename">Makefile</code> describes various things about @@ -3879,7 +4009,7 @@ sections.</p> <code class="varname">DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES</code>, <code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code>, <code class="varname">EXTRACT_SUFX</code> and <code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> are discussed in detail in - <a href="#build.fetch" title="15.5. The fetch phase">Section 15.5, “The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase”</a>.</p></li> + <a href="#build.fetch" title="16.5. The fetch phase">Section 16.5, “The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase”</a>.</p></li> </ul></div> <p>The second section contains information about separately downloaded patches, if any. @@ -3956,12 +4086,12 @@ sections.</p> <li><p>Replace <code class="filename">/usr/local</code> with “<span class="quote">${PREFIX}</span>” in all files (see patches, below).</p></li> -<li><p>If the package installs any info files, see <a href="#faq.info-files" title="17.6.6. Packages installing info files">Section 17.6.6, “Packages installing info files”</a>.</p></li> +<li><p>If the package installs any info files, see <a href="#faq.info-files" title="18.6.6. Packages installing info files">Section 18.6.6, “Packages installing info files”</a>.</p></li> </ul></div> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.distinfo"></a>9.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components.distinfo"></a>10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></h2></div></div></div> <p>The <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file contains the message digest, or checksum, of each distfile needed for the package. This ensures that the distfiles retrieved from the Internet have not been @@ -3971,7 +4101,7 @@ sections.</p> message digests, as well as the file size.</p> <p>The <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file also contains the checksums for all the patches found in the - <code class="filename">patches</code> directory (see <a href="#components.patches" title="9.3. patches/*">Section 9.3, “patches/*”</a>).</p> + <code class="filename">patches</code> directory (see <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a>).</p> <p>To regenerate the <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file, use the <span><strong class="command">make makedistinfo</strong></span> or <span><strong class="command">make mdi</strong></span> command.</p> @@ -3983,7 +4113,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.patches"></a>9.3. patches/*</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches"></a>10.3. patches/*</h2></div></div></div> <p>This directory contains files that are used by the <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?patch+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">patch</span>(1)</span></a> command to modify the sources as distributed in the distribution file into a form @@ -4020,7 +4150,7 @@ sections.</p> directory to <code class="filename">patches/</code>.</p> <p>When you have finished a package, remember to generate the checksums for the patch files by using the <span><strong class="command">make - makepatchsum</strong></span> command, see <a href="#components.distinfo" title="9.2. distinfo">Section 9.2, “<code class="filename">distinfo</code>”</a>.</p> + makepatchsum</strong></span> command, see <a href="#components.distinfo" title="10.2. distinfo">Section 10.2, “<code class="filename">distinfo</code>”</a>.</p> <p>When adding a patch that corrects a problem in the distfile (rather than e.g. enforcing pkgsrc's view of where man pages should go), send the patch as a bug report to the @@ -4052,7 +4182,7 @@ sections.</p> applied</em></span>.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.patches.guidelines"></a>9.3.1. Patching guidelines</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches.guidelines"></a>10.3.1. Patching guidelines</h3></div></div></div> <p>When fixing a portability issue in the code do not use preprocessor magic to check for the current operating system nor platform. Doing so hurts portability to other platforms because @@ -4076,7 +4206,7 @@ sections.</p> <span class="emphasis"><em>It doesn't work unless it is right!</em></span></p> <p>Some typical examples:</p> <div class="table"> -<a name="patch-examples"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.1. Patching examples</b></p> +<a name="patch-examples"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.1. Patching examples</b></p> <table summary="Patching examples" border="1"> <colgroup> <col> @@ -4154,7 +4284,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.patches.feedback"></a>9.3.2. Feedback to the author</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches.feedback"></a>10.3.2. Feedback to the author</h3></div></div></div> <p>Always, always, <span class="strong"><strong>always</strong></span> feed back any <span class="emphasis"><em>portability fixes</em></span> or improvements you do to a package to the mainstream developers. @@ -4175,7 +4305,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="other-mandatory-files"></a>9.4. Other mandatory files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="other-mandatory-files"></a>10.4. Other mandatory files</h2></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">DESCR</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A multi-line description of the piece of software. This should include @@ -4187,16 +4317,16 @@ sections.</p> system: all the binaries, manual pages, etc. There are other directives which may be entered in this file, to control the creation and deletion of directories, and the location of - inserted files. See <a href="#plist" title="Chapter 11. PLIST issues">Chapter 11, <i>PLIST issues</i></a> for more + inserted files. See <a href="#plist" title="Chapter 12. PLIST issues">Chapter 12, <i>PLIST issues</i></a> for more information.</p></dd> </dl></div> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.optional"></a>9.5. Optional files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional"></a>10.5. Optional files</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.optional.bin"></a>9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional.bin"></a>10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">INSTALL</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This shell script is invoked twice by <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a>. @@ -4205,7 +4335,7 @@ sections.</p> are moved in place. This can be used to do any custom procedures not possible with @exec commands in <code class="filename">PLIST</code>. See <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a> and - <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_create+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_create</span>(1)</span></a> for more information. See also <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 13.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a>.</p></dd> + <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_create+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_create</span>(1)</span></a> for more information. See also <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 14.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a>.</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">DEINSTALL</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This script is executed before and after any files are removed. It is this script's responsibility to clean up any additional messy details @@ -4246,7 +4376,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.optional.build"></a>9.5.2. Files affecting the build process</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional.build"></a>10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">Makefile.common</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains arbitrary things that could @@ -4258,7 +4388,7 @@ sections.</p> describes what it does.</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains the dependency information - for the buildlink3 framework (see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 12. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 12, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p></dd> + for the buildlink3 framework (see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 13, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">hacks.mk</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains workarounds for compiler bugs and similar things. It is included automatically by the pkgsrc @@ -4267,7 +4397,7 @@ sections.</p> it.</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">options.mk</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains the code for the - package-specific options (see <a href="#options" title="Chapter 14. Options handling">Chapter 14, <i>Options handling</i></a>) that can be + package-specific options (see <a href="#options" title="Chapter 15. Options handling">Chapter 15, <i>Options handling</i></a>) that can be selected by the user. If a package has only one or two options, it is equally acceptable to put the code directly into the <code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p></dd> @@ -4275,7 +4405,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.optional.none"></a>9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional.none"></a>10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">README*</code></span></dt> <dd><p>These files do not take place in the creation of @@ -4290,7 +4420,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="work-dir"></a>9.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></h2></div></div></div> +<a name="work-dir"></a>10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></h2></div></div></div> <p>When you type <span><strong class="command">make</strong></span>, the distribution files are unpacked into the directory denoted by <code class="varname">WRKDIR</code>. It can be removed by running @@ -4303,7 +4433,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="files-dir"></a>9.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></h2></div></div></div> +<a name="files-dir"></a>10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></h2></div></div></div> <p>If you have any files that you wish to be placed in the package prior to configuration or building, you could place these files here and use a <span><strong class="command">${CP}</strong></span> command in the @@ -4322,19 +4452,19 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="makefile"></a>Chapter 10. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile"></a>Chapter 11. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">10.1.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">10.2. Code snippets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">11.1.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">11.2. Code snippets</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">10.2.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">10.2.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">11.2.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">11.2.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -4354,7 +4484,7 @@ sections.</p> with them.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="makefile.variables"></a>10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile.variables"></a>11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</h2></div></div></div> <p><code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables contain strings that can be processed using the five operators ``='', ``+='', ``?='', ``:='', and ``!='', which are described in the <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> man @@ -4412,7 +4542,7 @@ sections.</p> </ul></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="makefile.variables.names"></a>10.1.1. Naming conventions</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile.variables.names"></a>11.1.1. Naming conventions</h3></div></div></div> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p>All variable names starting with an underscore are reserved for use by the pkgsrc infrastructure. They shall @@ -4429,13 +4559,13 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="makefile.code"></a>10.2. Code snippets</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile.code"></a>11.2. Code snippets</h2></div></div></div> <p>This section presents you with some code snippets you should use in your own code. If you don't find anything appropriate here, you should test your code and add it here.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="adding-to-list"></a>10.2.1. Adding things to a list</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="adding-to-list"></a>11.2.1. Adding things to a list</h3></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> STRING= foo * bar `date` INT_LIST= # empty @@ -4456,7 +4586,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="converting-internal-to-external"></a>10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="converting-internal-to-external"></a>11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</h3></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> EXT_LIST= # empty .for i in ${INT_LIST} @@ -4471,7 +4601,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="passing-variable-to-shell"></a>10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="passing-variable-to-shell"></a>11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command</h3></div></div></div> <p>Sometimes you may want to print an arbitrary string. There are many ways to get it wrong and only few that can handle every nastiness.</p> @@ -4515,7 +4645,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="quoting-guideline"></a>10.2.4. Quoting guideline</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="quoting-guideline"></a>11.2.4. Quoting guideline</h3></div></div></div> <p>There are many possible sources of wrongly quoted variables. This section lists some of the commonly known ones.</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -4598,7 +4728,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="bsd-make-bug-workaround"></a>10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="bsd-make-bug-workaround"></a>11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</h3></div></div></div> <p>The pkgsrc bmake program does not handle the following assignment correctly. In case <code class="varname">_othervar_</code> contains a ``-'' character, one of the closing braces is included @@ -4614,18 +4744,18 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="plist"></a>Chapter 11. PLIST issues</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="plist"></a>Chapter 12. PLIST issues</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">11.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">11.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">11.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">11.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">11.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">11.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">12.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">12.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">12.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>The <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file contains a package's @@ -4638,7 +4768,7 @@ sections.</p> below!).</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="rcs-id"></a>11.1. RCS ID</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="rcs-id"></a>12.1. RCS ID</h2></div></div></div> <p>Be sure to add a RCS ID line as the first thing in any <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file you write:</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -4647,17 +4777,17 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="automatic-plist-generation"></a>11.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="automatic-plist-generation"></a>12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</h2></div></div></div> <p>You can use the <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> command to output a PLIST that matches any new files since the package - was extracted. See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="15.17. Other helpful targets">Section 15.17, “Other helpful targets”</a> for + was extracted. See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="16.17. Other helpful targets">Section 16.17, “Other helpful targets”</a> for more information on this target.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="print-PLIST"></a>11.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></h2></div></div></div> +<a name="print-PLIST"></a>12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></h2></div></div></div> <p>If you have used any of the *-dirs packages, as explained in - <a href="#faq.common-dirs" title="11.8. Sharing directories between packages">Section 11.8, “Sharing directories between packages”</a>, you may have noticed that + <a href="#faq.common-dirs" title="12.8. Sharing directories between packages">Section 12.8, “Sharing directories between packages”</a>, you may have noticed that <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> outputs a set of <code class="varname">@comment</code>s instead of real <code class="varname">@dirrm</code> lines. You can also do this for @@ -4683,7 +4813,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="plist.misc"></a>11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="plist.misc"></a>12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</h2></div></div></div> <p>A number of variables are substituted automatically in PLISTs when a package is installed on a system. This includes the following variables:</p> @@ -4728,7 +4858,7 @@ sections.</p> search for <code class="varname">PLIST_SUBST</code>).</p> <p>If you want to change other variables not listed above, you can add variables and their expansions to this variable in the - following way, similar to <code class="varname">MESSAGE_SUBST</code> (see <a href="#components.optional" title="9.5. Optional files">Section 9.5, “Optional files”</a>):</p> + following way, similar to <code class="varname">MESSAGE_SUBST</code> (see <a href="#components.optional" title="10.5. Optional files">Section 10.5, “Optional files”</a>):</p> <pre class="programlisting"> PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </pre> @@ -4738,7 +4868,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="manpage-compression"></a>11.5. Man page compression</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="manpage-compression"></a>12.5. Man page compression</h2></div></div></div> <p>Man pages should be installed in compressed form if <code class="varname">MANZ</code> is set (in <code class="filename">bsd.own.mk</code>), and uncompressed otherwise. To handle this in the @@ -4751,7 +4881,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="using-PLIST_SRC"></a>11.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></h2></div></div></div> +<a name="using-PLIST_SRC"></a>12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></h2></div></div></div> <p>To use one or more files as source for the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> used in generating the binary package, set the variable <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code> to the names of that file(s). @@ -4761,7 +4891,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="platform-specific-plist"></a>11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="platform-specific-plist"></a>12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</h2></div></div></div> <p>Some packages decide to install a different set of files based on the operating system being used. These differences can be automatically handled by using the following files:</p> @@ -4775,7 +4905,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq.common-dirs"></a>11.8. Sharing directories between packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.common-dirs"></a>12.8. Sharing directories between packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>A “<span class="quote">shared directory</span>” is a directory where multiple (and unrelated) packages install files. These directories are problematic because you have to add special tricks @@ -4830,20 +4960,20 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="buildlink"></a>Chapter 12. Buildlink methodology</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="buildlink"></a>Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">12.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">12.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">12.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">12.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -4871,7 +5001,7 @@ sections.</p> software.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="converting-to-buildlink3"></a>12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="converting-to-buildlink3"></a>13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</h2></div></div></div> <p>The process of converting packages to use the buildlink3 framework (“<span class="quote">bl3ifying</span>”) is fairly straightforward. The things to keep in mind are:</p> @@ -4948,7 +5078,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="creating-buildlink3.mk"></a>12.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="creating-buildlink3.mk"></a>13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> <p>A package's <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file is included by Makefiles to indicate the need to compile and link against header files and libraries provided by the package. A @@ -4968,7 +5098,7 @@ sections.</p> </pre> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="anatomy-of-bl3"></a>12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="anatomy-of-bl3"></a>13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</h3></div></div></div> <p>The following real-life example <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> is taken from <code class="filename">pkgsrc/graphics/tiff</code>:</p> @@ -5105,7 +5235,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="updating-buildlink-depends"></a>12.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="updating-buildlink-depends"></a>13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h3></div></div></div> <p>The situation that requires increasing the dependency listed in <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> after a package update is when the API or interface to the @@ -5128,7 +5258,7 @@ sections.</p> packages made using it will require the correct package dependency and not settle for an older one which will not contain the necessary shared libraries.</p> -<p>See <a href="#dependencies" title="17.1.6. Handling dependencies">Section 17.1.6, “Handling dependencies”</a> for +<p>See <a href="#dependencies" title="18.1.6. Handling dependencies">Section 18.1.6, “Handling dependencies”</a> for more information about dependencies on other packages, including the <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS</code> and <code class="varname">ABI_DEPENDS</code> definitions.</p> @@ -5147,7 +5277,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="writing-builtin.mk"></a>12.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="writing-builtin.mk"></a>13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> <p>Some packages in pkgsrc install headers and libraries that coincide with headers and libraries present in the base system. Aside from a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file, these @@ -5172,7 +5302,7 @@ sections.</p> </ol></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="anatomy-of-builtin.mk"></a>12.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="anatomy-of-builtin.mk"></a>13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</h3></div></div></div> <p>The following is the recommended template for builtin.mk files:</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -5262,7 +5392,7 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="native-or-pkgsrc-preference"></a>12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="native-or-pkgsrc-preference"></a>13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</h3></div></div></div> <p>When building packages, it's possible to choose whether to set a global preference for using either the built-in (native) version or the pkgsrc version of software to satisfy a @@ -5295,29 +5425,29 @@ sections.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="pkginstall"></a>Chapter 13. The pkginstall framework</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="pkginstall"></a>Chapter 14. The pkginstall framework</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">13.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">13.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">14.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">14.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">13.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">14.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">13.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">13.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">14.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">13.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">13.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">13.5. System shells</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">13.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">13.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">14.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">14.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">14.5. System shells</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">14.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl> </div> <p>This chapter describes the framework known as @@ -5343,7 +5473,7 @@ described above is by means of the installation scripts, which are automatically generated by pkginstall.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="files-and-dirs-outside-prefix"></a>13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="files-and-dirs-outside-prefix"></a>14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</h2></div></div></div> <p>As you already know, the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file holds a list of files and directories that belong to a package. The names used in it are relative to the installation prefix (<code class="filename">${PREFIX}</code>), @@ -5376,7 +5506,7 @@ and directories based on variables set in the package's these variables.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="dirs-outside-prefix"></a>13.1.1. Directory manipulation</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="dirs-outside-prefix"></a>14.1.1. Directory manipulation</h3></div></div></div> <p>The following variables can be set to request the creation of directories anywhere in the file system:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -5403,7 +5533,7 @@ directories anywhere in the file system:</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="files-outside-prefix"></a>13.1.2. File manipulation</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="files-outside-prefix"></a>14.1.2. File manipulation</h3></div></div></div> <p>Creating non-empty files outside the installation prefix is tricky because the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> forces all files to be inside it. To overcome this problem, the only solution is to extract the file in the @@ -5443,7 +5573,7 @@ installation prefix:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="conf-files"></a>13.2. Configuration files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files"></a>14.2. Configuration files</h2></div></div></div> <p>Configuration files are special in the sense that they are installed in their own specific directory, <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code>, and need special treatment during installation (most of which is automated by @@ -5455,7 +5585,7 @@ be removed if they have local modifications. This ensures that administrators never lose any custom changes they may have made.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-sysconfdir"></a>13.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-sysconfdir"></a>14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</h3></div></div></div> <p>As said before, the <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> variable specifies where configuration files shall be installed. Its contents are set based upon the following variables:</p> @@ -5503,11 +5633,11 @@ following:</p> <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}</code>.</p></li> </ol></div> <p>It is worth mentioning that <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code> is -automatically added to <code class="filename">OWN_DIRS</code>. See <a href="#dirs-outside-prefix" title="13.1.1. Directory manipulation">Section 13.1.1, “Directory manipulation”</a> what this means.</p> +automatically added to <code class="filename">OWN_DIRS</code>. See <a href="#dirs-outside-prefix" title="14.1.1. Directory manipulation">Section 14.1.1, “Directory manipulation”</a> what this means.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-configure"></a>13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-configure"></a>14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</h3></div></div></div> <p>Given that pkgsrc (and users!) expect configuration files to be in a known place, you need to teach each package where it shall install its files. In some cases you will have to patch the package Makefiles to @@ -5524,7 +5654,7 @@ unfortunately).</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-patching"></a>13.2.3. Patching installations</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-patching"></a>14.2.3. Patching installations</h3></div></div></div> <p>As said before, pkginstall automatically handles configuration files. This means that <span class="strong"><strong>the packages themselves must not touch the contents of <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code> @@ -5541,7 +5671,7 @@ examples hierarchy), the pkginstall framework can use them as master copies during the package installation to update what is in <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>. To achieve this, the variables <code class="varname">CONF_FILES</code> and <code class="varname">CONF_FILES_PERMS</code> are -used. Check out <a href="#files-outside-prefix" title="13.1.2. File manipulation">Section 13.1.2, “File manipulation”</a> for information +used. Check out <a href="#files-outside-prefix" title="14.1.2. File manipulation">Section 14.1.2, “File manipulation”</a> for information about their syntax and their purpose. Here is an example, taken from the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/pkgsrc/mail/mutt/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">mail/mutt</code></a> package:</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -5553,7 +5683,7 @@ package and has no meaning outside it.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-disable"></a>13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-disable"></a>14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment variable <code class="varname">PKG_CONFIG</code> prior to package installation.</p> @@ -5561,10 +5691,10 @@ installation.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="rcd-scripts"></a>13.3. System startup scripts</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="rcd-scripts"></a>14.3. System startup scripts</h2></div></div></div> <p>System startup scripts are special files because they must be installed in a place known by the underlying OS, usually outside the -installation prefix. Therefore, the same rules described in <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 13.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a> apply, and the same solutions +installation prefix. Therefore, the same rules described in <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 14.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a> apply, and the same solutions can be used. However, pkginstall provides a special mechanism to handle these files.</p> <p>In order to provide system startup scripts, the package has @@ -5599,7 +5729,7 @@ script in an automated fashion:</p> </ol></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="rcd-scripts-disable"></a>13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="rcd-scripts-disable"></a>14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment variable <code class="varname">PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS</code> prior to package installation. Note that the scripts will be always copied inside the @@ -5609,7 +5739,7 @@ matter what the value of this variable is.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="users-and-groups"></a>13.4. System users and groups</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="users-and-groups"></a>14.4. System users and groups</h2></div></div></div> <p>If a package needs to create special users and/or groups during installation, it can do so by using the pkginstall framework.</p> <p>Users can be created by adding entries to the @@ -5646,7 +5776,7 @@ are automatically hardcoded into the final installation scripts.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="shells"></a>13.5. System shells</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="shells"></a>14.5. System shells</h2></div></div></div> <p>Packages that install system shells should register them in the shell database, <code class="filename">/etc/shells</code>, to make things easier to the administrator. This must be done from the installation scripts to keep @@ -5661,7 +5791,7 @@ following example, taken from <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/ </pre> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="shells-disable"></a>13.5.1. Disabling shell registration</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="shells-disable"></a>14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic registration of shell interpreters can be disabled by the administrator by setting the <code class="filename">PKG_REGISTER_SHELLS</code> environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> @@ -5669,7 +5799,7 @@ environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fonts"></a>13.6. Fonts</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fonts"></a>14.6. Fonts</h2></div></div></div> <p>Packages that install X11 fonts should update the database files that index the fonts within each fonts directory. This can easily be accomplished within the pkginstall framework.</p> @@ -5687,7 +5817,7 @@ installation prefix. Consider the following example, taken from <a href="ftp:// </pre> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fonts-disable"></a>13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fonts-disable"></a>14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic update of fonts databases can be disabled by the administrator by setting the <code class="filename">PKG_UPDATE_FONTS_DB</code> environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> @@ -5696,13 +5826,13 @@ environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="options"></a>Chapter 14. Options handling</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="options"></a>Chapter 15. Options handling</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">14.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">14.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">14.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">15.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">15.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>Many packages have the ability to be built to support different @@ -5714,7 +5844,7 @@ built into a package or to allow a set of global default options apply.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="global-default-options"></a>14.1. Global default options</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="global-default-options"></a>15.1. Global default options</h2></div></div></div> <p>Global default options are listed in <code class="varname">PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS</code>, which is a list of the options that should be built into every package if that option is supported. @@ -5722,7 +5852,7 @@ This variable should be set in <code class="filename">/etc/mk.conf</code>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="converting-to-options"></a>14.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></h2></div></div></div> +<a name="converting-to-options"></a>15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></h2></div></div></div> <p>The following example shows how <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code> should be used by the hypothetical ``wibble'' package, either in the package @@ -5860,7 +5990,7 @@ whether it is listed in <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code>:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="option-names"></a>14.3. Option Names</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="option-names"></a>15.3. Option Names</h2></div></div></div> <p>Options that enable similar features in different packages (like optional support for a library) should use a common name in all packages that support it (like the name of the library). If another @@ -5885,36 +6015,36 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="build"></a>Chapter 15. The build process</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build"></a>Chapter 16. The build process</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">15.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">15.2. Program location</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">15.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">15.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">15.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">15.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">15.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">15.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">15.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">15.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">15.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">15.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">15.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">15.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">15.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">15.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">15.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">15.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">16.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">16.2. Program location</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">16.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">16.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">16.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">16.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.intro"></a>15.1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.intro"></a>16.1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div> <p>This chapter gives a detailed description on how a package is built. Building a package is separated into different <span class="emphasis"><em>phases</em></span> (for example <code class="varname">fetch</code>, @@ -5934,7 +6064,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.prefix"></a>15.2. Program location</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.prefix"></a>16.2. Program location</h2></div></div></div> <p>Before outlining the process performed by the NetBSD package system in the next section, here's a brief discussion on where programs are installed, and which variables influence this.</p> @@ -5945,7 +6075,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> for pkgs in the <code class="filename">cross</code> category. The value of <code class="varname">PREFIX</code> needs to be put into the various places in the program's source where paths to - these files are encoded. See <a href="#components.patches" title="9.3. patches/*">Section 9.3, “patches/*”</a> and <a href="#fixes.libtool" title="17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool">Section 17.3.1, “Shared libraries - libtool”</a> for more details.</p> + these files are encoded. See <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a> and <a href="#fixes.libtool" title="18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool">Section 18.3.1, “Shared libraries - libtool”</a> for more details.</p> <p>When choosing which of these variables to use, follow the following rules:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -6035,7 +6165,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.builddirs"></a>15.3. Directories used during the build process</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.builddirs"></a>16.3. Directories used during the build process</h2></div></div></div> <p>When building a package, a number of directories is used to store source files, temporary files, pkgsrc-internal files, and so on. These directories are explained here.</p> @@ -6069,7 +6199,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.running"></a>15.4. Running a phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.running"></a>16.4. Running a phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>You can run a particular phase by typing <span><strong class="command">make phase</strong></span>, where <span class="emphasis"><em>phase</em></span> is the name of the phase. This will automatically run all phases that are required for this @@ -6079,14 +6209,14 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.fetch"></a>15.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.fetch"></a>16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>The first step in building a package is to fetch the distribution files (distfiles) from the sites that are providing them. This is the task of the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="build.fetch.what"></a>15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="build.fetch.what"></a>16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</h3></div></div></div> <p>In simple cases, <code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code> defines all URLs from where the distfile, whose name is derived from the <code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> variable, is @@ -6181,7 +6311,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="build.fetch.how"></a>15.5.2. How are the files fetched?</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="build.fetch.how"></a>16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</h3></div></div></div> <p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase makes sure that all the distfiles exist in a local directory (<code class="varname">DISTDIR</code>), which can be set by the pkgsrc @@ -6204,7 +6334,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.checksum"></a>15.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.checksum"></a>16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>After the distfile(s) are fetched, their checksum is generated and compared with the checksums stored in the distinfo file. If the checksums don't match, the build is @@ -6215,7 +6345,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.extract"></a>15.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.extract"></a>16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>When the distfiles are present on the local system, they need to be extracted, as they usually come in the form of some compressed archive format.</p> @@ -6254,7 +6384,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.patch"></a>15.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.patch"></a>16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>After extraction, all the patches named by the <code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code>, those present in the patches subdirectory of the package as well as in @@ -6265,7 +6395,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> applied, files ending in <code class="filename">.orig</code> or <code class="filename">.rej</code> are ignored. Any special options to <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?patch+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">patch</span>(1)</span></a> can be handed in - <code class="varname">PATCH_DIST_ARGS</code>. See <a href="#components.patches" title="9.3. patches/*">Section 9.3, “patches/*”</a> for more details.</p> + <code class="varname">PATCH_DIST_ARGS</code>. See <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a> for more details.</p> <p>By default <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?patch+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">patch</span>(1)</span></a> is given special args to make it fail if the patches apply with some lines of fuzz. Please fix (regen) the patches so that they apply cleanly. The @@ -6275,13 +6405,13 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.tools"></a>15.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> -<p>This is covered in <a href="#tools" title="Chapter 16. Tools needed for building or running">Chapter 16, <i>Tools needed for building or running</i></a>. +<a name="build.tools"></a>16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<p>This is covered in <a href="#tools" title="Chapter 17. Tools needed for building or running">Chapter 17, <i>Tools needed for building or running</i></a>. </p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.wrapper"></a>15.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.wrapper"></a>16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>This phase creates wrapper programs for the compilers and linkers. The following variables can be used to tweak the wrappers.</p> @@ -6319,7 +6449,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.configure"></a>15.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.configure"></a>16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>Most pieces of software need information on the header files, system calls, and library routines which are available on the platform they run on. The process of determining this @@ -6359,7 +6489,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.build"></a>15.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.build"></a>16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>For building a package, a rough equivalent of the following code is executed.</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -6389,12 +6519,12 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.test"></a>15.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.test"></a>16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>[TODO]</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.install"></a>15.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.install"></a>16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>Once the build stage has completed, the final step is to install the software in public directories, so users can access the programs and files.</p> @@ -6478,7 +6608,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.package"></a>15.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.package"></a>16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>Once the install stage has completed, a binary package of the installed files can be built. These binary packages can be used for quick installation without previous compilation, e.g. by @@ -6493,7 +6623,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.clean"></a>15.16. Cleaning up</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.clean"></a>16.16. Cleaning up</h2></div></div></div> <p>Once you're finished with a package, you can clean the work directory by running <span><strong class="command">make clean</strong></span>. If you want to clean the work directories of all dependencies too, use @@ -6501,7 +6631,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.helpful-targets"></a>15.17. Other helpful targets</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.helpful-targets"></a>16.17. Other helpful targets</h2></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term">pre/post-*</span></dt> <dd><p>For any of the main targets described in the @@ -6813,7 +6943,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> <code class="filename">PLIST</code>, as the “<span class="quote">find -newer</span>” command used by this target won't catch them!</p> -<p>See <a href="#print-PLIST" title="11.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST">Section 11.3, “Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span>”</a> for more +<p>See <a href="#print-PLIST" title="12.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST">Section 12.3, “Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span>”</a> for more information on this target.</p> </dd> <dt><span class="term">bulk-package</span></dt> @@ -6854,13 +6984,13 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="tools"></a>Chapter 16. Tools needed for building or running</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="tools"></a>Chapter 17. Tools needed for building or running</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">16.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">16.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">17.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">17.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>The <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> definition is used both internally @@ -6884,7 +7014,7 @@ yacc) or a better sed.</p> <span><strong class="command">make show-tools</strong></span>.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="pkgsrc-tools"></a>16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="pkgsrc-tools"></a>17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</h2></div></div></div> <p>The default set of tools used by pkgsrc is defined in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code>. This includes standard Unix tools, such as: <span><strong class="command">cat</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">awk</strong></span>, @@ -6897,7 +7027,7 @@ to define the tools needed.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="package-tools"></a>16.2. Tools needed by packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="package-tools"></a>17.2. Tools needed by packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>In the following examples, the :pkgsrc means to use the pkgsrc version and not the native version for a build dependency. And the :run means that it is used for a @@ -6920,7 +7050,7 @@ tool at run-time, then just use <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> instead. </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="platform-tools"></a>16.3. Tools provided by platforms</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="platform-tools"></a>17.3. Tools provided by platforms</h2></div></div></div> <p>When improving or porting pkgsrc to a new platform, have a look at (or create) the corresponding platform specific make file fragment under <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/tools/tools.${OPSYS}.mk</code> which defines @@ -6938,82 +7068,82 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="fixes"></a>Chapter 17. Making your package work</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes"></a>Chapter 18. Making your package work</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">17.1. General operation</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">17.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">17.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">17.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">17.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">17.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">17.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">17.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">17.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">17.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">17.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">17.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">17.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">17.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">17.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">17.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">17.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">17.6.3. Installing score files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">17.6.6. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">17.6.7. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">17.6.14. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">18.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">18.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">18.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">18.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">18.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">18.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">18.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">18.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">18.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">18.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">18.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">18.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">18.6.3. Installing score files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">18.6.6. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">18.6.7. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">18.6.14. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">17.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">18.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="general-operation"></a>17.1. General operation</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="general-operation"></a>18.1. General operation</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="portability-of-packages"></a>17.1.1. Portability of packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="portability-of-packages"></a>18.1.1. Portability of packages</h3></div></div></div> <p>One appealing feature of pkgsrc is that it runs on many different platforms. As a result, it is important to ensure, where possible, that packages in pkgsrc are portable. This @@ -7022,7 +7152,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf"></a>17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></h3></div></div></div> +<a name="pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf"></a>18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></h3></div></div></div> <p>The pkgsrc user can configure pkgsrc by overriding several variables in the file pointed to by <code class="varname">MAKECONF</code>, which is <code class="filename">/etc/mk.conf</code> by default. When you @@ -7049,7 +7179,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="user-interaction"></a>17.1.3. User interaction</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="user-interaction"></a>18.1.3. User interaction</h3></div></div></div> <p>Occasionally, packages require interaction from the user, and this can be in a number of ways:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -7078,7 +7208,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="handling-licenses"></a>17.1.4. Handling licenses</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="handling-licenses"></a>18.1.4. Handling licenses</h3></div></div></div> <p>A package may be covered by a license which the user has or has not agreed to accept. For these cases, pkgsrc contains a mechanism to note that a package is covered by a particular @@ -7147,7 +7277,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="restricted-packages"></a>17.1.5. Restricted packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="restricted-packages"></a>18.1.5. Restricted packages</h3></div></div></div> <p>Some licenses restrict how software may be re-distributed. In order to satisfy these restrictions, the package system defines five make variables that can be set to note these @@ -7196,7 +7326,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="dependencies"></a>17.1.6. Handling dependencies</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="dependencies"></a>18.1.6. Handling dependencies</h3></div></div></div> <p>Your package may depend on some other package being present - and there are various ways of expressing this dependency. pkgsrc supports the <code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> and @@ -7204,7 +7334,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> definition, as well as dependencies via <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>, which is the preferred way to handle dependencies, and which uses the variables named above. - See <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 12. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 12, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a> for more information.</p> + See <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 13, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a> for more information.</p> <p>The basic difference between the two variables is as follows: The <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> definition registers that pre-requisite in the binary package so it will be pulled in @@ -7301,7 +7431,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin should not be used across different systems that may have different versions of binary packages installed.</p> <p>For security fixes, please update the package - vulnerabilities file. See <a href="#security-handling" title="17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems">Section 17.1.10, “Handling packages with security problems”</a> for more + vulnerabilities file. See <a href="#security-handling" title="18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems">Section 18.1.10, “Handling packages with security problems”</a> for more information.</p> </li> <li> @@ -7333,7 +7463,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conflicts"></a>17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conflicts"></a>18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</h3></div></div></div> <p>Your package may conflict with other packages a user might already have installed on his system, e.g. if your package installs the same set of files as another package in the pkgsrc @@ -7359,7 +7489,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="not-building-packages"></a>17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="not-building-packages"></a>18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</h3></div></div></div> <p>There are several reasons why a package might be instructed to not build under certain circumstances. If the package builds and runs on most platforms, the exceptions @@ -7387,7 +7517,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="undeletable-packages"></a>17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="undeletable-packages"></a>18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</h3></div></div></div> <p>To ensure that a package may not be deleted, once it has been installed, the <code class="varname">PKG_PRESERVE</code> definition should be set in the package Makefile. This will be carried into any @@ -7398,7 +7528,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="security-handling"></a>17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="security-handling"></a>18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</h3></div></div></div> <p>When a vulnerability is found, this should be noted in <code class="filename">localsrc/security/advisories/pkg-vulnerabilities</code>, and after committing that file, use <span><strong class="command">make upload</strong></span> @@ -7414,7 +7544,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="bumping-pkgrevision"></a>17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="bumping-pkgrevision"></a>18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</h3></div></div></div> <p>When making fixes to an existing package it can be useful to change the version number in <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code>. To avoid conflicting with future versions by the original author, a @@ -7467,7 +7597,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.subst"></a>17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.subst"></a>18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</h3></div></div></div> <p>When you want to replace the same text in multiple files or when the replacement text varies, patches alone cannot help. This is where the SUBST framework comes in. It provides an @@ -7527,10 +7657,10 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.fetch"></a>17.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.fetch"></a>18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="no-plain-download"></a>17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="no-plain-download"></a>18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</h3></div></div></div> <p>If you need to download from a dynamic URL you can set <code class="varname">DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES</code> and a <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> will call <code class="filename">files/getsite.sh</code> @@ -7551,7 +7681,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="modified-distfiles-same-name"></a>17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="modified-distfiles-same-name"></a>18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</h3></div></div></div> <p>Sometimes authors of a software package make some modifications after the software was released, and they put up a new distfile without changing the package's version number. If a @@ -7579,10 +7709,10 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.configure"></a>17.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.configure"></a>18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.libtool"></a>17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.libtool"></a>18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</h3></div></div></div> <p>pkgsrc supports many different machines, with different object formats like a.out and ELF, and varying abilities to do shared library and dynamic loading at all. To accompany this, @@ -7704,7 +7834,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="using-libtool"></a>17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="using-libtool"></a>18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</h3></div></div></div> <p>Add <code class="varname">USE_LIBTOOL=yes</code> to the package Makefile. This will override the package's own libtool in most cases. For older libtool using packages, libtool is @@ -7745,7 +7875,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="autoconf-automake"></a>17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="autoconf-automake"></a>18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package needs GNU autoconf or automake to be executed to regenerate the configure script and Makefile.in makefile templates, then they should be executed in a pre-configure @@ -7787,14 +7917,14 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="programming-languages"></a>17.4. Programming languages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="programming-languages"></a>18.4. Programming languages</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="basic-programming-languages"></a>17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="basic-programming-languages"></a>18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</h3></div></div></div> <p>Compilers for the C, C++, and Fortran languages comes with the NetBSD base system. By default, pkgsrc assumes that a package is written in C and will hide all other compilers (via the wrapper - framework, see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 12. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 12, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p> + framework, see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 13, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p> <p>To declare which language's compiler a package needs, set the <code class="varname">USE_LANGUAGES</code> variable. Allowed values currently are “<span class="quote">c</span>”, “<span class="quote">c++</span>”, and @@ -7805,7 +7935,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="java-programming-language"></a>17.4.2. Java</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="java-programming-language"></a>18.4.2. Java</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a program is written in Java, use the Java framework in pkgsrc. The package must include <code class="filename">../../mk/java-vm.mk</code>. This Makefile fragment @@ -7828,7 +7958,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="perl-scripts"></a>17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="perl-scripts"></a>18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</h3></div></div></div> <p>If your package contains interpreted perl scripts, add “<span class="quote">perl</span>” to the <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> variable and set <code class="varname">REPLACE_PERL</code> to ensure that the proper @@ -7840,12 +7970,12 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin <p>If a particular version of perl is needed, set the <code class="varname">PERL5_REQD</code> variable to the version number. The default is “<span class="quote">5.0</span>”.</p> -<p>See <a href="#perl-modules" title="17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules">Section 17.6.5, “Packages installing perl modules”</a> for information +<p>See <a href="#perl-modules" title="18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules">Section 18.6.5, “Packages installing perl modules”</a> for information about handling perl modules.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="other-programming-languages"></a>17.4.4. Other programming languages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="other-programming-languages"></a>18.4.4. Other programming languages</h3></div></div></div> <p>Currently, there is no special handling for other languages in pkgsrc. If a compiler package provides a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file, include that, otherwise @@ -7855,7 +7985,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.build"></a>17.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build"></a>18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>The most common failures when building a package are that some platforms do not provide certain header files, functions or libraries, or they provide the functions in a library that the @@ -7864,7 +7994,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin use the missing functions or provides a replacement function.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp"></a>17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp"></a>18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package already comes with a GNU configure script, the preferred way to fix the build failure is to change the configure script, not the code. In the other cases, you can @@ -7884,7 +8014,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin does not define it. Use <code class="varname">__sun</code> instead.</p> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp.os"></a>17.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp.os"></a>18.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system</h4></div></div></div> <p>To distinguish between 4.4 BSD-derived systems and the rest of the world, you should use the following code.</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -7909,7 +8039,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp.arch"></a>17.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp.arch"></a>18.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture</h4></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> i386 i386, __i386, __i386__ MIPS __mips @@ -7918,7 +8048,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp.compiler"></a>17.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp.compiler"></a>18.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler</h4></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> GCC __GNUC__ (major version), __GNUC_MINOR__ SunPro __SUNPRO_C (0x570 for version 5.7) @@ -7928,7 +8058,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="compiler-bugs"></a>17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="compiler-bugs"></a>18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</h3></div></div></div> <p>Some source files trigger bugs in the compiler, based on combinations of compiler version and architecture and almost always relation to optimisation being enabled. Common symptoms @@ -7943,7 +8073,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="undefined-reference"></a>17.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="undefined-reference"></a>18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</h3></div></div></div> <p>This compiler error often means that a package did not link to a shared library it needs. The following functions are known to cause this error message over and over.</p> @@ -8006,7 +8136,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="out-of-memory"></a>17.5.4. Running out of memory</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="out-of-memory"></a>18.5.4. Running out of memory</h3></div></div></div> <p>Sometimes packages fail to build because the compiler runs into an operating system specific soft limit. With the <code class="varname">UNLIMIT_RESOURCES</code> variable pkgsrc can be told @@ -8020,10 +8150,10 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.install"></a>17.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.install"></a>18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="install-scripts"></a>17.6.1. Creating needed directories</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="install-scripts"></a>18.6.1. Creating needed directories</h3></div></div></div> <p>The BSD-compatible <span><strong class="command">install</strong></span> supplied with some operating systems cannot create more than one directory at a time. As such, you should call @@ -8039,7 +8169,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="where-to-install-documentation"></a>17.6.2. Where to install documentation</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="where-to-install-documentation"></a>18.6.2. Where to install documentation</h3></div></div></div> <p>In general, documentation should be installed into <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGBASE}</code> or <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGNAME}</code> (the latter @@ -8068,7 +8198,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="installing-score-files"></a>17.6.3. Installing score files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="installing-score-files"></a>18.6.3. Installing score files</h3></div></div></div> <p>Certain packages, most of them in the games category, install a score file that allows all users on the system to record their highscores. In order for this to work, the binaries need to be @@ -8089,7 +8219,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="hardcoded-paths"></a>17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="hardcoded-paths"></a>18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</h3></div></div></div> <p>Your package may also contain scripts with hardcoded paths to other interpreters besides (or as well as) perl. To correct the full pathname to the script interpreter, you need to set the @@ -8111,7 +8241,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="perl-modules"></a>17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="perl-modules"></a>18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules</h3></div></div></div> <p>Makefiles of packages providing perl5 modules should include the Makefile fragment <code class="filename">../../lang/perl5/module.mk</code>. It provides a @@ -8140,7 +8270,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="faq.info-files"></a>17.6.6. Packages installing info files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.info-files"></a>18.6.6. Packages installing info files</h3></div></div></div> <p>Some packages install info files or use the “<span class="quote">makeinfo</span>” or “<span class="quote">install-info</span>” commands. <code class="varname">INFO_FILES</code> should be defined in @@ -8187,7 +8317,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="manpages"></a>17.6.7. Packages installing man pages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="manpages"></a>18.6.7. Packages installing man pages</h3></div></div></div> <p>All packages that install manual pages should install them into the same directory, so that there is one common place to look for them. In pkgsrc, this place is @@ -8219,12 +8349,12 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin Or if the <code class="filename">./configure</code> script uses a non-standard use of --mandir, you can set <code class="varname">GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR</code> as needed.</p> -<p>See <a href="#manpage-compression" title="11.5. Man page compression">Section 11.5, “Man page compression”</a> for +<p>See <a href="#manpage-compression" title="12.5. Man page compression">Section 12.5, “Man page compression”</a> for information on installation of compressed manual pages.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="gconf2-data-files"></a>17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="gconf2-data-files"></a>18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.schemas</code> or <code class="filename">.entries</code> files, used by GConf2, you need to take some extra steps to make sure they get registered @@ -8244,7 +8374,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin need to manually patch the package.</p></li> <li><p>Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the etc/gconf directory, as they will be handled automatically. See - <a href="#faq.conf" title="7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?">Section 7.14, “How do I change the location of configuration files?”</a> for more information.</p></li> + <a href="#faq.conf" title="8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?">Section 8.14, “How do I change the location of configuration files?”</a> for more information.</p></li> <li><p>Define the <code class="varname">GCONF2_SCHEMAS</code> variable in your <code class="filename">Makefile</code> with a list of all <code class="filename">.schemas</code> files installed by the package, if @@ -8258,7 +8388,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="scrollkeeper-data-files"></a>17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="scrollkeeper-data-files"></a>18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.omf</code> files, used by scrollkeeper, you need to take some extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database:</p> @@ -8278,7 +8408,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="x11-fonts"></a>17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="x11-fonts"></a>18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs font files, you will need to rebuild the fonts database in the directory where they get installed at installation and deinstallation time. This can be automatically @@ -8295,7 +8425,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="gtk2-modules"></a>17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="gtk2-modules"></a>18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs GTK2 immodules or loaders, you need to take some extra steps to get them registered in the GTK2 database properly:</p> @@ -8323,7 +8453,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="sgml-xml-data"></a>17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="sgml-xml-data"></a>18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs SGML or XML data files that need to be registered in system-wide catalogs (like DTDs, sub-catalogs, etc.), you need to take some extra steps:</p> @@ -8351,7 +8481,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="mime-database"></a>17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="mime-database"></a>18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package provides extensions to the MIME database by installing <code class="filename">.xml</code> files inside <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/mime/packages</code>, you @@ -8381,7 +8511,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="intltool"></a>17.6.14. Packages using intltool</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="intltool"></a>18.6.14. Packages using intltool</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package uses intltool during its build, include the <code class="filename">../../textproc/intltool/buildlink3.mk</code> file, which forces it to use the intltool package provided by pkgsrc, @@ -8392,7 +8522,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="startup-scripts"></a>17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="startup-scripts"></a>18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package contains a rc.d script, it won't be copied into the startup directory by default, but you can enable it, by adding the option <code class="varname">PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS=YES</code> in @@ -8403,7 +8533,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="tex-packages"></a>17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="tex-packages"></a>18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs TeX packages into the texmf tree, the <code class="filename">ls-R</code> database of the tree needs to be updated.</p> @@ -8441,7 +8571,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="emulation-packages"></a>17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in +<a name="emulation-packages"></a>18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</h3></div></div></div> <p>There are some packages that provide libraries and executables for running binaries from a one operating system @@ -8458,7 +8588,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="hicolor-theme"></a>17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="hicolor-theme"></a>18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs images under the <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor</code> and/or updates the <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache</code> @@ -8480,7 +8610,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="desktop-files"></a>17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="desktop-files"></a>18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.desktop</code> files under <code class="filename">share/applications</code> and these include MIME information, you need to take extra steps to ensure that they @@ -8499,7 +8629,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="punting"></a>17.7. Marking packages as having problems</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="punting"></a>18.7. Marking packages as having problems</h2></div></div></div> <p>In some cases one does not have the time to solve a problem immediately. There are currently two ways to declare that one knows that a package has problems.</p> @@ -8526,7 +8656,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="debug"></a>Chapter 18. Debugging</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="debug"></a>Chapter 19. Debugging</h2></div></div></div> <p>To check out all the gotchas when building a package, here are the steps that I do in order to get a package working. Please note this is basically the same as what was explained in the previous @@ -8565,7 +8695,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin package.</p> </li> <li><p>Look at the <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, fix if - necessary; see <a href="#components.Makefile" title="9.1. Makefile">Section 9.1, “<code class="filename">Makefile</code>”</a>.</p></li> + necessary; see <a href="#components.Makefile" title="10.1. Makefile">Section 10.1, “<code class="filename">Makefile</code>”</a>.</p></li> <li> <p>Generate a <code class="filename">PLIST</code>:</p> <pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make install</code></strong> @@ -8604,26 +8734,26 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin reports:</p> <pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkglint</code></strong></pre> </li> -<li><p>Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 19. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 19, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a>.</p></li> +<li><p>Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 20. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 20, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a>.</p></li> </ul></div> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="submit"></a>Chapter 19. Submitting and Committing</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="submit"></a>Chapter 20. Submitting and Committing</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">19.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">19.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">20.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="submitting-binary-packages"></a>19.1. Submitting binary packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="submitting-binary-packages"></a>20.1. Submitting binary packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>Our policy is that we accept binaries only from pkgsrc developers to guarantee that the packages don't contain any trojan horses etc. This is not to annoy anyone but rather to @@ -8634,9 +8764,9 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="submitting-your-package"></a>19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="submitting-your-package"></a>20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</h2></div></div></div> <p>First, check that your package is complete, compiles and - runs well; see <a href="#debug" title="Chapter 18. Debugging">Chapter 18, <i>Debugging</i></a> and the rest of this + runs well; see <a href="#debug" title="Chapter 19. Debugging">Chapter 19, <i>Debugging</i></a> and the rest of this document. Next, generate an uuencoded gzipped <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?tar+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">tar</span>(1)</span></a> archive that contains all files that make up the package. Finally, send this package to the pkgsrc bug tracking system, @@ -8661,7 +8791,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="general-notes-for-changes"></a>19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="general-notes-for-changes"></a>20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>Please note all package additions, updates, moves, and removals in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES</code>. It's very important to keep this file up to date and conforming to the @@ -8694,7 +8824,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="committing-importing"></a>19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="committing-importing"></a>20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</h2></div></div></div> <p>This section is only of interest for pkgsrc developers with write access to the pkgsrc repository. Please remember that cvs imports files relative to the current working directory, and that @@ -8720,7 +8850,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="updating-package"></a>19.5. Updating a package to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="updating-package"></a>20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> <p>Please always put a concise, appropriate and relevant summary of the changes between old and new versions into the commit log when updating a package. There are various reasons for this:</p> @@ -8744,7 +8874,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="moving-package"></a>19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="moving-package"></a>20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"> <li><p>Make a copy of the directory somewhere else.</p></li> <li> @@ -8778,7 +8908,7 @@ place.</p></li> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="devfaq"></a>Chapter 20. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="devfaq"></a>Chapter 21. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> <p>This section contains the answers to questions that may arise when you are writing a package. If you don't find your question answered here, first have a look in the other chapters, @@ -8786,36 +8916,36 @@ place.</p></li> <code class="literal">pkgsrc-users</code> mailing list.</p> <div class="qandaset"> <dl> -<dt>20.1. <a href="#id2657911">What is the difference between +<dt>21.1. <a href="#id2658401">What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS?</a> </dt> -<dt>20.2. <a href="#id2657947">What is the difference between +<dt>21.2. <a href="#id2658437">What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM?</a> </dt> -<dt>20.3. <a href="#id2657986">What is the difference between +<dt>21.3. <a href="#id2658475">What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER?</a> </dt> -<dt>20.4. <a href="#id2658023">What is the difference between +<dt>21.4. <a href="#id2658581">What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and BUILDLINK_LIBS?</a> </dt> -<dt>20.5. <a href="#id2658041">Why does make show-var +<dt>21.5. <a href="#id2658599">Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty?</a> </dt> -<dt>20.6. <a href="#id2658069">What does +<dt>21.6. <a href="#id2658627">What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand the := inside it.</a> </dt> -<dt>20.7. <a href="#id2658144">Which mailing lists are there for package +<dt>21.7. <a href="#id2658701">Which mailing lists are there for package developers?</a> </dt> -<dt>20.8. <a href="#id2658180">Where is the pkgsrc +<dt>21.8. <a href="#id2658738">Where is the pkgsrc documentation?</a> </dt> </dl> @@ -8824,7 +8954,7 @@ place.</p></li> <tbody> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2657911"></a><a name="id2657912"></a><b>20.1.</b> +<a name="id2658401"></a><a name="id2658402"></a><b>21.1.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">MAKEFLAGS</code>, <code class="varname">.MAKEFLAGS</code> and @@ -8840,7 +8970,7 @@ place.</p></li> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2657947"></a><a name="id2657948"></a><b>20.2.</b> +<a name="id2658437"></a><a name="id2658438"></a><b>21.2.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">MAKE</code>, <code class="varname">GMAKE</code> and @@ -8858,7 +8988,7 @@ place.</p></li> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2657986"></a><a name="id2657987"></a><b>20.3.</b> +<a name="id2658475"></a><a name="id2658476"></a><b>21.3.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">CC</code>, <code class="varname">PKG_CC</code> and @@ -8876,7 +9006,7 @@ place.</p></li> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2658023"></a><a name="id2658024"></a><b>20.4.</b> +<a name="id2658581"></a><a name="id2658582"></a><b>21.4.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS</code>, @@ -8889,7 +9019,7 @@ place.</p></li> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2658041"></a><a name="id2658042"></a><b>20.5.</b> +<a name="id2658599"></a><a name="id2658600"></a><b>21.5.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>Why does <span><strong class="command">make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.<em class="replaceable"><code>foo</code></em></strong></span> @@ -8905,7 +9035,7 @@ place.</p></li> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2658069"></a><a name="id2658070"></a><b>20.6.</b> +<a name="id2658627"></a><a name="id2658628"></a><b>21.6.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What does <code class="literal">${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/}</code> mean? I @@ -8929,7 +9059,7 @@ place.</p></li> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2658144"></a><a name="id2658145"></a><b>20.7.</b> +<a name="id2658701"></a><a name="id2658702"></a><b>21.7.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>Which mailing lists are there for package developers?</p></td> @@ -8954,7 +9084,7 @@ place.</p></li> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="id2658180"></a><a name="id2658181"></a><b>20.8.</b> +<a name="id2658738"></a><a name="id2658739"></a><b>21.8.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>Where is the pkgsrc documentation?</p></td> @@ -9004,14 +9134,14 @@ place.</p></li> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="gnome"></a>Chapter 21. GNOME packaging and porting</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="gnome"></a>Chapter 22. GNOME packaging and porting</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">21.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">21.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">21.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">22.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">22.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>Quoting <a href="http://www.gnome.org/" target="_top">GNOME's web @@ -9048,7 +9178,7 @@ important information regarding their internals.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="meta-packages"></a>21.1. Meta packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="meta-packages"></a>22.1. Meta packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>pkgsrc includes three GNOME-related meta packages:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome-base/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome-base</code></a>: Provides @@ -9082,7 +9212,7 @@ change it to alphabetical sorting!</em></span></p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="new-package"></a>21.2. Packaging a GNOME application</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="new-package"></a>22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</h2></div></div></div> <p>Almost all GNOME applications are written in C and use a common set of tools as their build system. Things get different with the new bindings to other languages (such as Python), but the following will @@ -9140,7 +9270,7 @@ solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to <span class="emphasis"><em>regenerate the package's file list</em></span> with <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> and ensure it is correct.</p> <div class="table"> -<a name="plist-handling"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 21.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages</b></p> +<a name="plist-handling"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 22.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages</b></p> <table summary="PLIST handling for GNOME packages" border="1"> <colgroup> <col> @@ -9153,24 +9283,24 @@ solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to <tbody> <tr> <td>Installs OMF files under <code class="filename">share/omf</code>.</td> -<td>See <a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files" title="17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files">Section 17.6.9, “Packages installing scrollkeeper data files”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files" title="18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files">Section 18.6.9, “Packages installing scrollkeeper data files”</a>.</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Installs icons under the <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor</code> hierarchy or updates <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache</code>.</td> -<td>See <a href="#hicolor-theme" title="17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons">Section 17.6.18, “Packages installing hicolor theme icons”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#hicolor-theme" title="18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons">Section 18.6.18, “Packages installing hicolor theme icons”</a>.</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Installs files under <code class="filename">share/mime/packages</code>.</td> -<td>See <a href="#mime-database" title="17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database">Section 17.6.13, “Packages installing extensions to the MIME database”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#mime-database" title="18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database">Section 18.6.13, “Packages installing extensions to the MIME database”</a>.</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Installs <code class="filename">.desktop</code> files under <code class="filename">share/applications</code> and these include MIME information.</td> -<td>See <a href="#desktop-files" title="17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files">Section 17.6.19, “Packages installing desktop files”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#desktop-files" title="18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files">Section 18.6.19, “Packages installing desktop files”</a>.</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> @@ -9178,7 +9308,7 @@ solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="full-update"></a>21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="full-update"></a>22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> <p>When seeing GNOME as a whole, there are two kinds of updates:</p> <div class="variablelist"><dl> @@ -9267,11 +9397,11 @@ followed:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="patching"></a>21.4. Patching guidelines</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="patching"></a>22.4. Patching guidelines</h2></div></div></div> <p>GNOME is a very big component in pkgsrc which approaches 100 packages. Please, it is very important that you always, always, <span class="strong"><strong>always</strong></span> feed back any portability -fixes you do to a GNOME package to the mainstream developers (see <a href="#components.patches.feedback" title="9.3.2. Feedback to the author">Section 9.3.2, “Feedback to the author”</a>). This is the only way to get +fixes you do to a GNOME package to the mainstream developers (see <a href="#components.patches.feedback" title="10.3.2. Feedback to the author">Section 10.3.2, “Feedback to the author”</a>). This is the only way to get their attention on portability issues and to ensure that future versions can be built out-of-the box on NetBSD. The less custom patches in pkgsrc, the easier further updates are. Those developers in charge of @@ -9288,7 +9418,7 @@ issues. While the FreeBSD GNOME people are doing a great job in porting GNOME to their operating system, the official GNOME sources are now plagued by conditionals that check for <code class="varname">__FreeBSD__</code> and similar macros. This hurts portability. Please see our patching -guidelines (<a href="#components.patches.guidelines" title="9.3.1. Patching guidelines">Section 9.3.1, “Patching guidelines”</a>) for more +guidelines (<a href="#components.patches.guidelines" title="10.3.1. Patching guidelines">Section 10.3.1, “Patching guidelines”</a>) for more details.</p> </div> </div> @@ -9305,68 +9435,68 @@ details.</p> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">22. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">22.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">22.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">23.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">22.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">22.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">23.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">23.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">22.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">23.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">22.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">22.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">23.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">22.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">22.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">23. Regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">24. Regression tests</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">23.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">23.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">23.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">24.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">24.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">24.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">23.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">23.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">24.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">24.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">24. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">25. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">24.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="infr.design"></a>Chapter 22. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design"></a>Chapter 23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">22.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">22.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">23.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">22.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">22.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">23.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">23.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">22.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">23.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">22.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">22.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">23.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">22.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">22.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -9376,7 +9506,7 @@ details.</p> like.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.vardef"></a>22.1. The meaning of variable definitions</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.vardef"></a>23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</h2></div></div></div> <p>Whenever a variable is defined in the pkgsrc infrastructure, the location and the way of definition provide much information about the intended use of that variable. @@ -9407,7 +9537,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.vardef.problems"></a>22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.vardef.problems"></a>23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</h2></div></div></div> <p>All variables that contain lists of things should default to being empty. Two examples that do not follow this rule are <code class="varname">USE_LANGUAGES</code> and @@ -9431,10 +9561,10 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.var"></a>22.3. Variable evaluation</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.var"></a>23.3. Variable evaluation</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.var.load"></a>22.3.1. At load time</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.var.load"></a>23.3.1. At load time</h3></div></div></div> <p>Variable evaluation takes place either at load time or at runtime, depending on the context in which they occur. The contexts where variables are evaluated at load time are:</p> @@ -9476,7 +9606,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.var.run"></a>22.3.2. At runtime</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.var.run"></a>23.3.2. At runtime</h3></div></div></div> <p>After all the files have been loaded, the values of the variables cannot be changed anymore. Variables that are used in the shell commands are expanded at this point.</p> @@ -9484,7 +9614,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.varspec"></a>22.4. How can variables be specified?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.varspec"></a>23.4. How can variables be specified?</h2></div></div></div> <p>There are many ways in which the definition and use of a variable can be restricted in order to detect bugs and violations of the (mostly unwritten) policies. See the @@ -9493,14 +9623,14 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.design.intf"></a>22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design.intf"></a>23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</h2></div></div></div> <p>Most of the <code class="filename">.mk</code> files fall into one of the following classes. Cases where a file falls into more than one class should be avoided as it often leads to subtle bugs.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.design.intf.proc"></a>22.5.1. Procedures with parameters</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design.intf.proc"></a>23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</h3></div></div></div> <p>In a traditional imperative programming language some of the <code class="filename">.mk</code> files could be described as procedures. They take some input parameters and—after @@ -9534,7 +9664,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.design.intf.action"></a>22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design.intf.action"></a>23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</h3></div></div></div> <p>Action files take some input parameters and may define runtime variables. They shall not define loadtime variables. There are action files that are included implicitly by the @@ -9546,7 +9676,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.order"></a>22.6. The order in which files are loaded</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.order"></a>23.6. The order in which files are loaded</h2></div></div></div> <p>Package <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s usually consist of a set of variable definitions, and include the file <code class="filename">../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk</code> in the very last line. @@ -9561,7 +9691,7 @@ details.</p> are loaded and gives reasons for that order.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.order.prefs"></a>22.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.order.prefs"></a>23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></h3></div></div></div> <p>The very first action in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code> is to define some essential variables like <code class="varname">OPSYS</code>, <code class="varname">OS_VERSION</code> and @@ -9588,7 +9718,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.order.pkg"></a>22.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.order.pkg"></a>23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></h3></div></div></div> <p>First, <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code> is loaded.</p> <p>Then, the various <code class="filename">*-vars.mk</code> files are loaded, which fill default values for those variables that have @@ -9620,16 +9750,16 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="regression"></a>Chapter 23. Regression tests</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression"></a>Chapter 24. Regression tests</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">23.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">23.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">23.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">24.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">24.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">24.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">23.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">23.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">24.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">24.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -9643,12 +9773,12 @@ details.</p> how you can add new tests.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="regression.descr"></a>23.1. The regression tests framework</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.descr"></a>24.1. The regression tests framework</h2></div></div></div> <p></p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="regression.run"></a>23.2. Running the regression tests</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.run"></a>24.2. Running the regression tests</h2></div></div></div> <p>You first need to install the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_regress/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_regress</code></a> package, which provides the <span><strong class="command">pkg_regress</strong></span> command. Then you can simply run that command, which will run all tests in the @@ -9656,7 +9786,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="regression.new"></a>23.3. Adding a new regression test</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.new"></a>24.3. Adding a new regression test</h2></div></div></div> <p>Every directory in the <code class="filename">regress</code> category that contains a file called <code class="filename">spec</code> is considered a regression test. This file is a shell program @@ -9665,7 +9795,7 @@ details.</p> needs.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="regression.fun.override"></a>23.3.1. Overridable functions</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.fun.override"></a>24.3.1. Overridable functions</h3></div></div></div> <p>These functions do not take any parameters. They are all called in “<span class="quote">set -e</span>” mode, so you should be careful to check the exitcodes of any commands you run in the @@ -9692,7 +9822,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="regression.fun.helper"></a>23.3.2. Helper functions</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.fun.helper"></a>24.3.2. Helper functions</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">exit_status(expected)</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This function compares the exitcode of the @@ -9715,12 +9845,12 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="porting"></a>Chapter 24. Porting pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="porting"></a>Chapter 25. Porting pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">24.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>The pkgsrc system has already been ported to many @@ -9729,7 +9859,7 @@ details.</p> portable.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="porting.opsys"></a>24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="porting.opsys"></a>25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</h2></div></div></div> <p>To port pkgsrc to a new operating system (called <code class="literal">MyOS</code> in this example), you need to touch the following files:</p> @@ -9780,7 +9910,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="porting.compiler"></a>24.2. Adding support for a new compiler</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="porting.compiler"></a>25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</h2></div></div></div> <p>TODO</p> </div> </div> @@ -9876,7 +10006,7 @@ looks fine.</pre> <code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd bison</code></strong> <code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir patches</code></strong></pre> <p>Create <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, <code class="filename">DESCR</code> and - <code class="filename">PLIST</code> (see <a href="#components" title="Chapter 9. Package components - files, directories and contents">Chapter 9, <i>Package components - files, directories and contents</i></a>) + <code class="filename">PLIST</code> (see <a href="#components" title="Chapter 10. Package components - files, directories and contents">Chapter 10, <i>Package components - files, directories and contents</i></a>) then continue with fetching the distfile:</p> <pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make fetch</code></strong> >> bison-1.25.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist on this system. diff --git a/doc/pkgsrc.txt b/doc/pkgsrc.txt index 30da4f37974..31f166aba33 100644 --- a/doc/pkgsrc.txt +++ b/doc/pkgsrc.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ The pkgsrc Developers Copyright 1994-2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc -$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.22 2006/09/01 16:35:39 jmmv Exp $ +$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.23 2006/09/19 17:50:38 rillig Exp $ Abstract @@ -122,275 +122,280 @@ I. The pkgsrc user's guide 6.4.1. Example of cdpack - 7. Frequently Asked Questions - - 7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? - 7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? - 7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) - 7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root - 7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? - 7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? - 7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? - 7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall - 7.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? - 7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once - 7.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" + 7. Directory layout of the installed files + + 7.1. File system layout in ${PREFIX} + 7.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE} + + 8. Frequently Asked Questions + + 8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? + 8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? + 8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) + 8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root + 8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? + 8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? + 8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? + 8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall + 8.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? + 8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once + 8.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean? - 7.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? - 7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc - 7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? - 7.15. Automated security checks - 7.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? - 7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? - 7.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? + 8.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? + 8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc + 8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? + 8.15. Automated security checks + 8.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? + 8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? + 8.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts" mean? - 7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? + 8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? II. The pkgsrc developer's guide - 8. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch - 9. Package components - files, directories and contents + 9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch + 10. Package components - files, directories and contents - 9.1. Makefile - 9.2. distinfo - 9.3. patches/* + 10.1. Makefile + 10.2. distinfo + 10.3. patches/* - 9.3.1. Patching guidelines - 9.3.2. Feedback to the author + 10.3.1. Patching guidelines + 10.3.2. Feedback to the author - 9.4. Other mandatory files - 9.5. Optional files + 10.4. Other mandatory files + 10.5. Optional files - 9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package - 9.5.2. Files affecting the build process - 9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all + 10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package + 10.5.2. Files affecting the build process + 10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all - 9.6. work* - 9.7. files/* + 10.6. work* + 10.7. files/* - 10. Programming in Makefiles + 11. Programming in Makefiles - 10.1. Makefile variables + 11.1. Makefile variables - 10.1.1. Naming conventions + 11.1.1. Naming conventions - 10.2. Code snippets + 11.2. Code snippets - 10.2.1. Adding things to a list - 10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list - 10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command - 10.2.4. Quoting guideline - 10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make + 11.2.1. Adding things to a list + 11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list + 11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command + 11.2.4. Quoting guideline + 11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make - 11. PLIST issues + 12. PLIST issues - 11.1. RCS ID - 11.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation - 11.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST - 11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST - 11.5. Man page compression - 11.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC - 11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs - 11.8. Sharing directories between packages + 12.1. RCS ID + 12.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation + 12.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST + 12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST + 12.5. Man page compression + 12.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC + 12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs + 12.8. Sharing directories between packages - 12. Buildlink methodology + 13. Buildlink methodology - 12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 - 12.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files + 13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 + 13.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files - 12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file - 12.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files + 13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file + 13.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files - 12.3. Writing builtin.mk files + 13.3. Writing builtin.mk files - 12.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file - 12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software + 13.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file + 13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software - 13. The pkginstall framework + 14. The pkginstall framework - 13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix + 14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix - 13.1.1. Directory manipulation - 13.1.2. File manipulation + 14.1.1. Directory manipulation + 14.1.2. File manipulation - 13.2. Configuration files + 14.2. Configuration files - 13.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set - 13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are - 13.2.3. Patching installations - 13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files + 14.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set + 14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are + 14.2.3. Patching installations + 14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files - 13.3. System startup scripts + 14.3. System startup scripts - 13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts + 14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts - 13.4. System users and groups - 13.5. System shells + 14.4. System users and groups + 14.5. System shells - 13.5.1. Disabling shell registration + 14.5.1. Disabling shell registration - 13.6. Fonts + 14.6. Fonts - 13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases + 14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases - 14. Options handling + 15. Options handling - 14.1. Global default options - 14.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk - 14.3. Option Names + 15.1. Global default options + 15.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk + 15.3. Option Names - 15. The build process + 16. The build process - 15.1. Introduction - 15.2. Program location - 15.3. Directories used during the build process - 15.4. Running a phase - 15.5. The fetch phase + 16.1. Introduction + 16.2. Program location + 16.3. Directories used during the build process + 16.4. Running a phase + 16.5. The fetch phase - 15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from - 15.5.2. How are the files fetched? + 16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from + 16.5.2. How are the files fetched? - 15.6. The checksum phase - 15.7. The extract phase - 15.8. The patch phase - 15.9. The tools phase - 15.10. The wrapper phase - 15.11. The configure phase - 15.12. The build phase - 15.13. The test phase - 15.14. The install phase - 15.15. The package phase - 15.16. Cleaning up - 15.17. Other helpful targets + 16.6. The checksum phase + 16.7. The extract phase + 16.8. The patch phase + 16.9. The tools phase + 16.10. The wrapper phase + 16.11. The configure phase + 16.12. The build phase + 16.13. The test phase + 16.14. The install phase + 16.15. The package phase + 16.16. Cleaning up + 16.17. Other helpful targets - 16. Tools needed for building or running + 17. Tools needed for building or running - 16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds - 16.2. Tools needed by packages - 16.3. Tools provided by platforms + 17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds + 17.2. Tools needed by packages + 17.3. Tools provided by platforms - 17. Making your package work + 18. Making your package work - 17.1. General operation + 18.1. General operation - 17.1.1. Portability of packages - 17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf - 17.1.3. User interaction - 17.1.4. Handling licenses - 17.1.5. Restricted packages - 17.1.6. Handling dependencies - 17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages - 17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built - 17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed - 17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems - 17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an + 18.1.1. Portability of packages + 18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf + 18.1.3. User interaction + 18.1.4. Handling licenses + 18.1.5. Restricted packages + 18.1.6. Handling dependencies + 18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages + 18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built + 18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed + 18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems + 18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package - 17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST + 18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework) - 17.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase + 18.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase - 17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain + 18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading - 17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name - - 17.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase - - 17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool - 17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool - 17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake - - 17.4. Programming languages - - 17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran - 17.4.2. Java - 17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts - 17.4.4. Other programming languages - - 17.5. Fixing problems in the build phase - - 17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally - 17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs - 17.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." - 17.5.4. Running out of memory - - 17.6. Fixing problems in the install phase - - 17.6.1. Creating needed directories - 17.6.2. Where to install documentation - 17.6.3. Installing score files - 17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters - 17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules - 17.6.6. Packages installing info files - 17.6.7. Packages installing man pages - 17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files - 17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files - 17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts - 17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules - 17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data - 17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database - 17.6.14. Packages using intltool - 17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts - 17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules - 17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation - 17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons - 17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files - - 17.7. Marking packages as having problems - - 18. Debugging - 19. Submitting and Committing - - 19.1. Submitting binary packages - 19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) - 19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages - 19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS - 19.5. Updating a package to a newer version - 19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc - - 20. Frequently Asked Questions - 21. GNOME packaging and porting - - 21.1. Meta packages - 21.2. Packaging a GNOME application - 21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version - 21.4. Patching guidelines + 18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name + + 18.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase + + 18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool + 18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool + 18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake + + 18.4. Programming languages + + 18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran + 18.4.2. Java + 18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts + 18.4.4. Other programming languages + + 18.5. Fixing problems in the build phase + + 18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally + 18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs + 18.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." + 18.5.4. Running out of memory + + 18.6. Fixing problems in the install phase + + 18.6.1. Creating needed directories + 18.6.2. Where to install documentation + 18.6.3. Installing score files + 18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters + 18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules + 18.6.6. Packages installing info files + 18.6.7. Packages installing man pages + 18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files + 18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files + 18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts + 18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules + 18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data + 18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database + 18.6.14. Packages using intltool + 18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts + 18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules + 18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation + 18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons + 18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files + + 18.7. Marking packages as having problems + + 19. Debugging + 20. Submitting and Committing + + 20.1. Submitting binary packages + 20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) + 20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages + 20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS + 20.5. Updating a package to a newer version + 20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc + + 21. Frequently Asked Questions + 22. GNOME packaging and porting + + 22.1. Meta packages + 22.2. Packaging a GNOME application + 22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version + 22.4. Patching guidelines III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals - 22. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure + 23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure - 22.1. The meaning of variable definitions - 22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise - 22.3. Variable evaluation + 23.1. The meaning of variable definitions + 23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise + 23.3. Variable evaluation - 22.3.1. At load time - 22.3.2. At runtime + 23.3.1. At load time + 23.3.2. At runtime - 22.4. How can variables be specified? - 22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments + 23.4. How can variables be specified? + 23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments - 22.5.1. Procedures with parameters - 22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters + 23.5.1. Procedures with parameters + 23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters - 22.6. The order in which files are loaded + 23.6. The order in which files are loaded - 22.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk - 22.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk + 23.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk + 23.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk - 23. Regression tests + 24. Regression tests - 23.1. The regression tests framework - 23.2. Running the regression tests - 23.3. Adding a new regression test + 24.1. The regression tests framework + 24.2. Running the regression tests + 24.3. Adding a new regression test - 23.3.1. Overridable functions - 23.3.2. Helper functions + 24.3.1. Overridable functions + 24.3.2. Helper functions - 24. Porting pkgsrc + 25. Porting pkgsrc - 24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system - 24.2. Adding support for a new compiler + 25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system + 25.2. Adding support for a new compiler A. A simple example package: bison @@ -426,8 +431,8 @@ List of Tables 1.1. Platforms supported by pkgsrc 3.1. Binary kits and available packages -9.1. Patching examples -21.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages +10.1. Patching examples +22.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages Chapter 1. What is pkgsrc? @@ -716,28 +721,33 @@ Table of Contents 6.4.1. Example of cdpack -7. Frequently Asked Questions - - 7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? - 7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? - 7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) - 7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root - 7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? - 7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? - 7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? - 7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall - 7.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? - 7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once - 7.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean? - 7.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? - 7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc - 7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? - 7.15. Automated security checks - 7.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? - 7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? - 7.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge +7. Directory layout of the installed files + + 7.1. File system layout in ${PREFIX} + 7.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE} + +8. Frequently Asked Questions + + 8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? + 8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? + 8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) + 8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root + 8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? + 8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? + 8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? + 8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall + 8.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? + 8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once + 8.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean? + 8.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? + 8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc + 8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? + 8.15. Automated security checks + 8.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? + 8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? + 8.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts" mean? - 7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? + 8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? Chapter 2. Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date @@ -1920,7 +1930,7 @@ XXX tree. It is possible to have many pkgsrc tree instances.) * LOCALPATCHES: Directory for local patches that aren't part of pkgsrc. See - Section 9.3, "patches/*" for more information. rel and arch are replaced + Section 10.3, "patches/*" for more information. rel and arch are replaced with OS release ("2.0", etc.) and architecture ("mipsel", etc.). * PKGMAKECONF: Location of the mk.conf file used by a package's BSD-style @@ -2106,12 +2116,12 @@ manipulate it. Binary packages are created by default in /usr/pkgsrc/packages, in the form of a gzipped tar file. See Section B.2, "Packaging figlet" for a continuation of the above misc/figlet example. -See Chapter 19, Submitting and Committing for information on how to submit such +See Chapter 20, Submitting and Committing for information on how to submit such a binary package. 6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages -See Section 15.17, "Other helpful targets". +See Section 16.17, "Other helpful targets". 6.3. Doing a bulk build of all packages @@ -2505,36 +2515,156 @@ Now create the images: Each image will contain README, COPYING, and bin/myscript in their root directories. -Chapter 7. Frequently Asked Questions +Chapter 7. Directory layout of the installed files + +Table of Contents + +7.1. File system layout in ${PREFIX} +7.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE} + +The files that are installed by pkgsrc are organized in a way that is similar +to what you find in the /usr directory of the base system. But some details are +different. This is because pkgsrc initially came from FreeBSD and had adopted +its file system hierarchy. Later it was largely influenced by NetBSD. But no +matter which operating system you are using pkgsrc with, you can expect the +same layout for pkgsrc. + +There are mainly three root directories for pkgsrc: + + * LOCALBASE corresponds to the /usr directory in the base system. It is the + "main" directory where the files are installed and contains the well-known + subdirectories like bin, include, lib, share and sbin. + + * VARBASE corresponds to /var in the base system. Some programs (especially + games, network daemons) need write access to it during normal operation. + + * PKG_SYSCONFDIR corresponds to /etc in the base system. It contains + configuration files of the packages, as well as pkgsrc's mk.conf itself. + +7.1. File system layout in ${PREFIX} + +The following directories exist in a typical pkgsrc installation in ${PREFIX}. + +bin + + Contains executable programs that are intended to be directly used by the + end user. + +emul + + Contains files for the emulation layers of various other operating systems, + especially for NetBSD. + +etc (the usual location of ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}) + + Contains the configuration files. + +include + + Contains headers for the C and C++ programming languages. + +info + + Contains GNU info files of various packages. + +lib + + Contains shared and static libraries. + +libdata + + Contains data files that don't change after installation. Other data files + belong into ${VARBASE}. + +libexec + + Contains programs that are not intended to be used by end users, such as + helper programs or network daemons. + +libexec/cgi-bin + + Contains programs that are intended to be executed as CGI scripts by a web + server. + +man (the usual value of ${PKGMANDIR}) + + Contains brief documentation in form of manual pages. + +sbin + + Contains programs that are intended to be used only by the super-user. + +share + + Contains platform-independent data files that don't change after + installation. + +share/doc + + Contains documentation files provided by the packages. + +share/examples + + Contains example files provided by the packages. Among others, the original + configuration files are saved here and copied to ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} during + installation. + +share/examples/rc.d + + Contains the original files for rc.d scripts. + +var (the usual location of ${VARBASE}) + + Contains files that may be modified after installation. + +7.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE} + +db/pkg (the usual location of ${PKG_DBDIR}) + + Contains information about the currently installed packages. + +games + + Contains highscore files. + +log + + Contains log files. + +run + + Contains informational files about daemons that are currently running. + +Chapter 8. Frequently Asked Questions Table of Contents -7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? -7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? -7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) -7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root -7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? -7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? -7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? -7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall -7.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? -7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once -7.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean? -7.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? -7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc -7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? -7.15. Automated security checks -7.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? -7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? -7.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge +8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? +8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? +8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) +8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root +8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? +8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? +8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? +8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall +8.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? +8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once +8.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean? +8.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? +8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc +8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? +8.15. Automated security checks +8.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? +8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? +8.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts" mean? -7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? +8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? This section contains hints, tips & tricks on special things in pkgsrc that we didn't find a better place for in the previous chapters, and it contains items for both pkgsrc users and developers. -7.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? +8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion? The following mailing lists may be of interest to pkgsrc users: @@ -2561,12 +2691,12 @@ To subscribe, do: Archives for all these mailing lists are available from http:// mail-index.NetBSD.org/. -7.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? +8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation? Pkgviews is tightly integrated with buildlink. You can find a pkgviews User's guide in pkgsrc/mk/buildlink3/PKGVIEWS_UG. -7.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) +8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools) The directory pkgsrc/pkgtools contains a number of useful utilities for both users and developers of pkgsrc. This section attempts only to make the reader @@ -2633,7 +2763,7 @@ Utilities for people maintaining pkgsrc (or: more obscure pkg utilities) * pkgtools/libkver: Spoof kernel version for chrooted cross builds. -7.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root +8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root If you want to use pkgsrc as non-root user, you can set some variables to make pkgsrc work under these conditions. At the very least, you need to set @@ -2651,7 +2781,7 @@ choose and use multiple default directories under ~/pkg as the installation targets. These directories can be overriden by the "--prefix" flag provided by the script, as well as some others that allow finer tuning of the tree layout. -7.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? +8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles? By default, resuming transfers in pkgsrc is disabled, but you can enable this feature by adding the option PKG_RESUME_TRANSFERS=YES into /etc/mk.conf. If, @@ -2670,7 +2800,7 @@ something like: FETCH_RESUME_ARGS= -c FETCH_OUTPUT_ARGS= -O -7.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? +8.6. How can I install/use XFree86 from pkgsrc? If you want to use XFree86 from pkgsrc instead of your system's own X11 (/usr/ X11R6, /usr/openwin, ...), you will have to add the following line into /etc/ @@ -2678,7 +2808,7 @@ mk.conf: X11_TYPE=XFree86 -7.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? +8.7. How can I install/use X.org from pkgsrc? If you want to use X.org from pkgsrc instead of your system's own X11 (/usr/ X11R6, /usr/openwin, ...) you will have to add the following line into /etc/ @@ -2691,7 +2821,7 @@ Note The DragonFly operating system defaults to using this X.org X11 implementation from pkgsrc. -7.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall +8.8. How to fetch files from behind a firewall If you are sitting behind a firewall which does not allow direct connections to Internet hosts (i.e. non-NAT), you may specify the relevant proxy hosts. This @@ -2702,7 +2832,7 @@ the proxy port number. So the proxy environment variables are: ftp_proxy=ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/ http_proxy=http://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/ -7.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? +8.9. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP? This depends on which utility is used to retrieve distfiles. From bsd.pkg.mk, FETCH_CMD is assigned the first available command from the following list: @@ -2719,7 +2849,7 @@ following to your /etc/mk.conf file: PASSIVE_FETCH=1. Having that option present will prevent /usr/bin/ftp from falling back to active transfers. -7.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once +8.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once You would like to download all the distfiles in a single batch from work or university, where you can't run a make fetch. There is an archive of distfiles @@ -2754,7 +2884,7 @@ everything by running: % make fetch NO_SKIP=yes -7.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean? +8.11. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean? When compiling the pkgtools/pkg_install package, you get the error from make that it doesn't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc? This indicates @@ -2764,7 +2894,7 @@ distribution on your machine. It is recommended to do that to format man pages. In the case of the pkgtools/pkg_install package, you can get away with setting NOMAN=YES either in the environment or in /etc/mk.conf. -7.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? +8.12. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean? You didn't install the compiler set, comp.tgz, when you installed your NetBSD machine. Please get and install it, by extracting it in /: @@ -2775,7 +2905,7 @@ machine. Please get and install it, by extracting it in /: comp.tgz is part of every NetBSD release. Get the one that corresponds to your release (determine via uname -r). -7.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc +8.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc When installing packages as non-root user and using the just-in-time su(1) feature of pkgsrc, it can become annoying to type in the root password for each @@ -2788,7 +2918,7 @@ binary package or from security/sudo) and then put the following into your /etc SU_CMD= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/sudo /bin/sh -c .endif -7.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? +8.14. How do I change the location of configuration files? As the system administrator, you can choose where configuration files are installed. The default settings make all these files go into ${PREFIX}/etc or @@ -2808,7 +2938,7 @@ of PKGBASE. Note that after changing these settings, you must rebuild and reinstall any affected packages. -7.15. Automated security checks +8.15. Automated security checks Please be aware that there can often be bugs in third-party software, and some of these bugs can leave a machine vulnerable to exploitation by attackers. In @@ -2838,7 +2968,7 @@ If this package is installed, pkgsrc builds will use it to perform a security check before building any package. See Section 5.2, "Variables affecting the build process" for ways to control this check. -7.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? +8.16. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS? When you add your own preferences to the CFLAGS variable in your mk.conf, these flags are passed in environment variables to the ./configure scripts and to @@ -2852,7 +2982,7 @@ Usually you can remove these lines. But be aware that some "smart" programmers write so bad code that it only works for the specific combination of CFLAGS they have chosen. -7.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? +8.17. A package does not build. What shall I do? 1. Make sure that your copy of pkgsrc is consistent. A case that occurs often is that people only update pkgsrc in parts, because of performance reasons. @@ -2868,7 +2998,7 @@ they have chosen. 4. If the problem still exists, write a mail to the pkgsrc-users mailing list. -7.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge +8.18. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts" mean? You have modified a file from pkgsrc, and someone else has modified that same @@ -2881,7 +3011,7 @@ Have a look at that file, and if you don't need your local changes anymore, you can remove that file and run cvs -q update -dP in that directory to download the current version. -7.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? +8.19. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do? This is not really an FAQ yet, but here's the answer anyway. @@ -2903,214 +3033,214 @@ more like a reference manual for pkgsrc. Table of Contents -8. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch -9. Package components - files, directories and contents +9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch +10. Package components - files, directories and contents - 9.1. Makefile - 9.2. distinfo - 9.3. patches/* + 10.1. Makefile + 10.2. distinfo + 10.3. patches/* - 9.3.1. Patching guidelines - 9.3.2. Feedback to the author + 10.3.1. Patching guidelines + 10.3.2. Feedback to the author - 9.4. Other mandatory files - 9.5. Optional files + 10.4. Other mandatory files + 10.5. Optional files - 9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package - 9.5.2. Files affecting the build process - 9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all + 10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package + 10.5.2. Files affecting the build process + 10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all - 9.6. work* - 9.7. files/* + 10.6. work* + 10.7. files/* -10. Programming in Makefiles +11. Programming in Makefiles - 10.1. Makefile variables + 11.1. Makefile variables - 10.1.1. Naming conventions + 11.1.1. Naming conventions - 10.2. Code snippets + 11.2. Code snippets - 10.2.1. Adding things to a list - 10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list - 10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command - 10.2.4. Quoting guideline - 10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make + 11.2.1. Adding things to a list + 11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list + 11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command + 11.2.4. Quoting guideline + 11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make -11. PLIST issues +12. PLIST issues - 11.1. RCS ID - 11.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation - 11.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST - 11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST - 11.5. Man page compression - 11.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC - 11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs - 11.8. Sharing directories between packages + 12.1. RCS ID + 12.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation + 12.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST + 12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST + 12.5. Man page compression + 12.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC + 12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs + 12.8. Sharing directories between packages -12. Buildlink methodology +13. Buildlink methodology - 12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 - 12.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files + 13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 + 13.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files - 12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file - 12.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files + 13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file + 13.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files - 12.3. Writing builtin.mk files + 13.3. Writing builtin.mk files - 12.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file - 12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software + 13.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file + 13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software -13. The pkginstall framework +14. The pkginstall framework - 13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix + 14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix - 13.1.1. Directory manipulation - 13.1.2. File manipulation + 14.1.1. Directory manipulation + 14.1.2. File manipulation - 13.2. Configuration files + 14.2. Configuration files - 13.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set - 13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are - 13.2.3. Patching installations - 13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files + 14.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set + 14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are + 14.2.3. Patching installations + 14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files - 13.3. System startup scripts + 14.3. System startup scripts - 13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts + 14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts - 13.4. System users and groups - 13.5. System shells + 14.4. System users and groups + 14.5. System shells - 13.5.1. Disabling shell registration + 14.5.1. Disabling shell registration - 13.6. Fonts + 14.6. Fonts - 13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases + 14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases -14. Options handling +15. Options handling - 14.1. Global default options - 14.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk - 14.3. Option Names + 15.1. Global default options + 15.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk + 15.3. Option Names -15. The build process +16. The build process - 15.1. Introduction - 15.2. Program location - 15.3. Directories used during the build process - 15.4. Running a phase - 15.5. The fetch phase + 16.1. Introduction + 16.2. Program location + 16.3. Directories used during the build process + 16.4. Running a phase + 16.5. The fetch phase - 15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from - 15.5.2. How are the files fetched? + 16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from + 16.5.2. How are the files fetched? - 15.6. The checksum phase - 15.7. The extract phase - 15.8. The patch phase - 15.9. The tools phase - 15.10. The wrapper phase - 15.11. The configure phase - 15.12. The build phase - 15.13. The test phase - 15.14. The install phase - 15.15. The package phase - 15.16. Cleaning up - 15.17. Other helpful targets + 16.6. The checksum phase + 16.7. The extract phase + 16.8. The patch phase + 16.9. The tools phase + 16.10. The wrapper phase + 16.11. The configure phase + 16.12. The build phase + 16.13. The test phase + 16.14. The install phase + 16.15. The package phase + 16.16. Cleaning up + 16.17. Other helpful targets -16. Tools needed for building or running +17. Tools needed for building or running - 16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds - 16.2. Tools needed by packages - 16.3. Tools provided by platforms + 17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds + 17.2. Tools needed by packages + 17.3. Tools provided by platforms -17. Making your package work +18. Making your package work - 17.1. General operation + 18.1. General operation - 17.1.1. Portability of packages - 17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf - 17.1.3. User interaction - 17.1.4. Handling licenses - 17.1.5. Restricted packages - 17.1.6. Handling dependencies - 17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages - 17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built - 17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed - 17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems - 17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing + 18.1.1. Portability of packages + 18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf + 18.1.3. User interaction + 18.1.4. Handling licenses + 18.1.5. Restricted packages + 18.1.6. Handling dependencies + 18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages + 18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built + 18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed + 18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems + 18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package - 17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST + 18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework) - 17.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase + 18.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase - 17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading - 17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name + 18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading + 18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name - 17.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase + 18.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase - 17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool - 17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool - 17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake + 18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool + 18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool + 18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake - 17.4. Programming languages + 18.4. Programming languages - 17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran - 17.4.2. Java - 17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts - 17.4.4. Other programming languages + 18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran + 18.4.2. Java + 18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts + 18.4.4. Other programming languages - 17.5. Fixing problems in the build phase + 18.5. Fixing problems in the build phase - 17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally - 17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs - 17.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." - 17.5.4. Running out of memory + 18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally + 18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs + 18.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." + 18.5.4. Running out of memory - 17.6. Fixing problems in the install phase + 18.6. Fixing problems in the install phase - 17.6.1. Creating needed directories - 17.6.2. Where to install documentation - 17.6.3. Installing score files - 17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters - 17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules - 17.6.6. Packages installing info files - 17.6.7. Packages installing man pages - 17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files - 17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files - 17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts - 17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules - 17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data - 17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database - 17.6.14. Packages using intltool - 17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts - 17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules - 17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation - 17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons - 17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files + 18.6.1. Creating needed directories + 18.6.2. Where to install documentation + 18.6.3. Installing score files + 18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters + 18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules + 18.6.6. Packages installing info files + 18.6.7. Packages installing man pages + 18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files + 18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files + 18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts + 18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules + 18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data + 18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database + 18.6.14. Packages using intltool + 18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts + 18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules + 18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation + 18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons + 18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files - 17.7. Marking packages as having problems + 18.7. Marking packages as having problems -18. Debugging -19. Submitting and Committing +19. Debugging +20. Submitting and Committing - 19.1. Submitting binary packages - 19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) - 19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages - 19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS - 19.5. Updating a package to a newer version - 19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc + 20.1. Submitting binary packages + 20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) + 20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages + 20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS + 20.5. Updating a package to a newer version + 20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc -20. Frequently Asked Questions -21. GNOME packaging and porting +21. Frequently Asked Questions +22. GNOME packaging and porting - 21.1. Meta packages - 21.2. Packaging a GNOME application - 21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version - 21.4. Patching guidelines + 22.1. Meta packages + 22.2. Packaging a GNOME application + 22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version + 22.4. Patching guidelines -Chapter 8. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch +Chapter 9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch When you find a package that is not yet in pkgsrc, you most likely have a URL from where you can download the source code. Starting with this URL, creating a @@ -3157,7 +3287,7 @@ package involves only a few steps. pkglint --explain or pkglint -e, which outputs additional explanations. 6. Now, run bmake to build the package. For the various things that can go - wrong in this phase, consult Chapter 17, Making your package work. + wrong in this phase, consult Chapter 18, Making your package work. 7. When the package builds fine, the next step is to install the package. Run bmake install and hope that everything works. @@ -3177,31 +3307,31 @@ package involves only a few steps. 11. Run bmake package to create a binary package from the set of installed files. -Chapter 9. Package components - files, directories and contents +Chapter 10. Package components - files, directories and contents Table of Contents -9.1. Makefile -9.2. distinfo -9.3. patches/* +10.1. Makefile +10.2. distinfo +10.3. patches/* - 9.3.1. Patching guidelines - 9.3.2. Feedback to the author + 10.3.1. Patching guidelines + 10.3.2. Feedback to the author -9.4. Other mandatory files -9.5. Optional files +10.4. Other mandatory files +10.5. Optional files - 9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package - 9.5.2. Files affecting the build process - 9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all + 10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package + 10.5.2. Files affecting the build process + 10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all -9.6. work* -9.7. files/* +10.6. work* +10.7. files/* Whenever you're preparing a package, there are a number of files involved which are described in the following sections. -9.1. Makefile +10.1. Makefile Building, installation and creation of a binary package are all controlled by the package's Makefile. The Makefile describes various things about a package, @@ -3246,7 +3376,7 @@ mostly historical and has no further meaning. * MASTER_SITES, DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES, DIST_SUBDIR, EXTRACT_SUFX and DISTFILES - are discussed in detail in Section 15.5, "The fetch phase". + are discussed in detail in Section 16.5, "The fetch phase". The second section contains information about separately downloaded patches, if any. @@ -3306,10 +3436,10 @@ Please pay attention to the following gotchas: * Replace /usr/local with "${PREFIX}" in all files (see patches, below). - * If the package installs any info files, see Section 17.6.6, "Packages + * If the package installs any info files, see Section 18.6.6, "Packages installing info files". -9.2. distinfo +10.2. distinfo The distinfo file contains the message digest, or checksum, of each distfile needed for the package. This ensures that the distfiles retrieved from the @@ -3319,7 +3449,7 @@ algorithms, all distfiles are protected using both SHA1 and RMD160 message digests, as well as the file size. The distinfo file also contains the checksums for all the patches found in the -patches directory (see Section 9.3, "patches/*"). +patches directory (see Section 10.3, "patches/*"). To regenerate the distinfo file, use the make makedistinfo or make mdi command. @@ -3328,7 +3458,7 @@ example www/navigator). These are kept in the same distinfo file and care should be taken when upgrading such a package to ensure distfile information is not lost. -9.3. patches/* +10.3. patches/* This directory contains files that are used by the patch(1) command to modify the sources as distributed in the distribution file into a form that will @@ -3360,8 +3490,8 @@ patchdiff. Copy the patches you want to use or update from the work/.newpatches directory to patches/. When you have finished a package, remember to generate the checksums for the -patch files by using the make makepatchsum command, see Section 9.2, "distinfo" -. +patch files by using the make makepatchsum command, see Section 10.2, +"distinfo". When adding a patch that corrects a problem in the distfile (rather than e.g. enforcing pkgsrc's view of where man pages should go), send the patch as a bug @@ -3387,7 +3517,7 @@ for pkgsrc/graphics/png, keep it in $LOCALPATCHES/graphics/png/mypatch. All files in the named directory are expected to be patch files, and they are applied after pkgsrc patches are applied. -9.3.1. Patching guidelines +10.3.1. Patching guidelines When fixing a portability issue in the code do not use preprocessor magic to check for the current operating system nor platform. Doing so hurts portability @@ -3411,7 +3541,7 @@ doesn't work unless it is right! Some typical examples: -Table 9.1. Patching examples +Table 10.1. Patching examples +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Where | Incorrect | Correct | @@ -3445,7 +3575,7 @@ For more information, please read the Making packager-friendly software article to package; all the suggestions in it were collected from our experience in pkgsrc work, so they are possibly helpful when creating patches too. -9.3.2. Feedback to the author +10.3.2. Feedback to the author Always, always, always feed back any portability fixes or improvements you do to a package to the mainstream developers. This is the only way to get their @@ -3462,7 +3592,7 @@ thus further changes can be done without much hassle. Support the idea of free software! -9.4. Other mandatory files +10.4. Other mandatory files DESCR @@ -3476,12 +3606,12 @@ PLIST This file governs the files that are installed on your system: all the binaries, manual pages, etc. There are other directives which may be entered in this file, to control the creation and deletion of directories, - and the location of inserted files. See Chapter 11, PLIST issues for more + and the location of inserted files. See Chapter 12, PLIST issues for more information. -9.5. Optional files +10.5. Optional files -9.5.1. Files affecting the binary package +10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package INSTALL @@ -3489,7 +3619,7 @@ INSTALL extraction and before files are moved in place, the second time after the files to install are moved in place. This can be used to do any custom procedures not possible with @exec commands in PLIST. See pkg_add(1) and - pkg_create(1) for more information. See also Section 13.1, "Files and + pkg_create(1) for more information. See also Section 14.1, "Files and directories outside the installation prefix". DEINSTALL @@ -3522,7 +3652,7 @@ ALTERNATIVES FIXME: There is no documentation on the alternatives framework. -9.5.2. Files affecting the build process +10.5.2. Files affecting the build process Makefile.common @@ -3535,7 +3665,7 @@ Makefile.common buildlink3.mk This file contains the dependency information for the buildlink3 framework - (see Chapter 12, Buildlink methodology). + (see Chapter 13, Buildlink methodology). hacks.mk @@ -3546,11 +3676,11 @@ hacks.mk options.mk This file contains the code for the package-specific options (see - Chapter 14, Options handling) that can be selected by the user. If a + Chapter 15, Options handling) that can be selected by the user. If a package has only one or two options, it is equally acceptable to put the code directly into the Makefile. -9.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all +10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all README* @@ -3562,7 +3692,7 @@ TODO This file contains things that need to be done to make the package even better. -9.6. work* +10.6. work* When you type make, the distribution files are unpacked into the directory denoted by WRKDIR. It can be removed by running make clean. Besides the @@ -3570,7 +3700,7 @@ sources, this directory is also used to keep various timestamp files. The directory gets removed completely on clean. The default is ${.CURDIR}/work or $ {.CURDIR}/work.${MACHINE_ARCH} if OBJMACHINE is set. -9.7. files/* +10.7. files/* If you have any files that you wish to be placed in the package prior to configuration or building, you could place these files here and use a ${CP} @@ -3584,21 +3714,21 @@ variable to point to the other package's files directory, e.g.: FILESDIR=${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/files -Chapter 10. Programming in Makefiles +Chapter 11. Programming in Makefiles Table of Contents -10.1. Makefile variables +11.1. Makefile variables - 10.1.1. Naming conventions + 11.1.1. Naming conventions -10.2. Code snippets +11.2. Code snippets - 10.2.1. Adding things to a list - 10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list - 10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command - 10.2.4. Quoting guideline - 10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make + 11.2.1. Adding things to a list + 11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list + 11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command + 11.2.4. Quoting guideline + 11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make Pkgsrc consists of many Makefile fragments, each of which forms a well-defined part of the pkgsrc system. Using the make(1) system as a programming language @@ -3614,7 +3744,7 @@ used. This chapter describes some patterns, that appear quite often in Makefiles, including the pitfalls that come along with them. -10.1. Makefile variables +11.1. Makefile variables Makefile variables contain strings that can be processed using the five operators ``='', ``+='', ``?='', ``:='', and ``!='', which are described in the @@ -3665,7 +3795,7 @@ Strings and two types of lists. elements can contain any characters, including whitespace. That's why they cannot be used in .for loops. Examples are DISTFILES and MASTER_SITES. -10.1.1. Naming conventions +11.1.1. Naming conventions * All variable names starting with an underscore are reserved for use by the pkgsrc infrastructure. They shall not be used by package Makefiles. @@ -3676,13 +3806,13 @@ Strings and two types of lists. * All list variables should have a ``plural'' name, e.g. PKG_OPTIONS or DISTFILES. -10.2. Code snippets +11.2. Code snippets This section presents you with some code snippets you should use in your own code. If you don't find anything appropriate here, you should test your code and add it here. -10.2.1. Adding things to a list +11.2.1. Adding things to a list STRING= foo * bar `date` INT_LIST= # empty @@ -3700,7 +3830,7 @@ all other cases, you must not add a quoting level. You must not merge internal and external lists, unless you are sure that all entries are correctly interpreted in both lists. -10.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list +11.2.2. Converting an internal list into an external list EXT_LIST= # empty .for i in ${INT_LIST} @@ -3711,7 +3841,7 @@ This code converts the internal list INT_LIST into the external list EXT_LIST. As the elements of an internal list are unquoted they must be quoted here. The reason for appending "" is explained below. -10.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command +11.2.3. Passing variables to a shell command Sometimes you may want to print an arbitrary string. There are many ways to get it wrong and only few that can handle every nastiness. @@ -3753,7 +3883,7 @@ done when adding elements to the list. As internal lists shall not be passed to the shell, there is no example for it. -10.2.4. Quoting guideline +11.2.4. Quoting guideline There are many possible sources of wrongly quoted variables. This section lists some of the commonly known ones. @@ -3818,7 +3948,7 @@ some of the commonly known ones. line the arguments of the echo(1) command from the first line. To avoid this, write ${i:Q}"". -10.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make +11.2.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make The pkgsrc bmake program does not handle the following assignment correctly. In case _othervar_ contains a ``-'' character, one of the closing braces is @@ -3829,18 +3959,18 @@ included in ${VAR} after this code executes. For a more complex code snippet and a workaround, see the package regress/ make-quoting, testcase bug1. -Chapter 11. PLIST issues +Chapter 12. PLIST issues Table of Contents -11.1. RCS ID -11.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation -11.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST -11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST -11.5. Man page compression -11.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC -11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs -11.8. Sharing directories between packages +12.1. RCS ID +12.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation +12.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST +12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST +12.5. Man page compression +12.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC +12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs +12.8. Sharing directories between packages The PLIST file contains a package's "packing list", i.e. a list of files that belong to the package (relative to the ${PREFIX} directory it's been installed @@ -3848,22 +3978,22 @@ in) plus some additional statements - see the pkg_create(1) man page for a full list. This chapter addresses some issues that need attention when dealing with the PLIST file (or files, see below!). -11.1. RCS ID +12.1. RCS ID Be sure to add a RCS ID line as the first thing in any PLIST file you write: @comment $NetBSD$ -11.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation +12.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation You can use the make print-PLIST command to output a PLIST that matches any new -files since the package was extracted. See Section 15.17, "Other helpful +files since the package was extracted. See Section 16.17, "Other helpful targets" for more information on this target. -11.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST +12.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST -If you have used any of the *-dirs packages, as explained in Section 11.8, +If you have used any of the *-dirs packages, as explained in Section 12.8, "Sharing directories between packages", you may have noticed that make print-PLIST outputs a set of @comments instead of real @dirrm lines. You can also do this for specific directories and files, so that the results of that @@ -3886,7 +4016,7 @@ converted to @comments: PRINT_PLIST_AWK+= /^@dirrm share\/specific/ { print "@comment " $$0; next; } -11.4. Variable substitution in PLIST +12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST A number of variables are substituted automatically in PLISTs when a package is installed on a system. This includes the following variables: @@ -3922,14 +4052,14 @@ bsd.pkg.mk (and search for PLIST_SUBST). If you want to change other variables not listed above, you can add variables and their expansions to this variable in the following way, similar to -MESSAGE_SUBST (see Section 9.5, "Optional files"): +MESSAGE_SUBST (see Section 10.5, "Optional files"): PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" This replaces all occurrences of "${SOMEVAR}" in the PLIST with "somevalue". -11.5. Man page compression +12.5. Man page compression Man pages should be installed in compressed form if MANZ is set (in bsd.own.mk), and uncompressed otherwise. To handle this in the PLIST file, the @@ -3937,14 +4067,14 @@ suffix ".gz" is appended/removed automatically for man pages according to MANZ and MANCOMPRESSED being set or not, see above for details. This modification of the PLIST file is done on a copy of it, not PLIST itself. -11.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC +12.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC To use one or more files as source for the PLIST used in generating the binary package, set the variable PLIST_SRC to the names of that file(s). The files are later concatenated using cat(1), and the order of things is important. The default for PLIST_SRC is ${PKGDIR}/PLIST. -11.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs +12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs Some packages decide to install a different set of files based on the operating system being used. These differences can be automatically handled by using the @@ -3960,7 +4090,7 @@ following files: * PLIST.common_end -11.8. Sharing directories between packages +12.8. Sharing directories between packages A "shared directory" is a directory where multiple (and unrelated) packages install files. These directories are problematic because you have to add @@ -4010,20 +4140,20 @@ Note that even if your package is using $X11BASE, it must not depend on the *-x11-dirs packages. Just specify the name without that part and pkgsrc (in particular, mk/dirs.mk) will take care of it. -Chapter 12. Buildlink methodology +Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology Table of Contents -12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 -12.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files +13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 +13.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files - 12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file - 12.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files + 13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file + 13.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files -12.3. Writing builtin.mk files +13.3. Writing builtin.mk files - 12.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file - 12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software + 13.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file + 13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software Buildlink is a framework in pkgsrc that controls what headers and libraries are seen by a package's configure and build processes. This is implemented in a two @@ -4044,7 +4174,7 @@ note that the normal system header and library paths, e.g. /usr/include, /usr/ lib, etc., are always searched -- buildlink3 is designed to insulate the package build from non-system-supplied software. -12.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 +13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3 The process of converting packages to use the buildlink3 framework ("bl3ifying") is fairly straightforward. The things to keep in mind are: @@ -4113,7 +4243,7 @@ issues: The comments in those buildlink3.mk files provide a more complete description of how to use them properly. -12.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files +13.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files A package's buildlink3.mk file is included by Makefiles to indicate the need to compile and link against header files and libraries provided by the package. A @@ -4129,7 +4259,7 @@ following command will generate a good starting point for buildlink3.mk files: % createbuildlink >buildlink3.mk -12.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file +13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file The following real-life example buildlink3.mk is taken from pkgsrc/graphics/ tiff: @@ -4224,7 +4354,7 @@ dependencies. Including these buildlink3.mk files means that the headers and libraries for these dependencies are also symlinked into ${BUILDLINK_DIR} whenever the pkg buildlink3.mk file is included. -12.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files +13.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files The situation that requires increasing the dependency listed in BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg after a package update is when the API or interface @@ -4243,7 +4373,7 @@ change. This is needed so that binary packages made using it will require the correct package dependency and not settle for an older one which will not contain the necessary shared libraries. -See Section 17.1.6, "Handling dependencies" for more information about +See Section 18.1.6, "Handling dependencies" for more information about dependencies on other packages, including the BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS and ABI_DEPENDS definitions. @@ -4255,7 +4385,7 @@ dependencies. Also it is not needed to set BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.pkg when it is identical to BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg. -12.3. Writing builtin.mk files +13.3. Writing builtin.mk files Some packages in pkgsrc install headers and libraries that coincide with headers and libraries present in the base system. Aside from a buildlink3.mk @@ -4273,7 +4403,7 @@ The only requirements of a builtin.mk file for pkg are: 3. It should be written to allow multiple inclusion. This is very important and takes careful attention to Makefile coding. -12.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file +13.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file The following is the recommended template for builtin.mk files: @@ -4342,7 +4472,7 @@ the value of USE_BUILTIN.pkg set in the previous section. This typically includes, e.g., adding additional dependency restrictions and listing additional files to symlink into ${BUILDLINK_DIR} (via BUILDLINK_FILES.pkg). -12.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software +13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software When building packages, it's possible to choose whether to set a global preference for using either the built-in (native) version or the pkgsrc version @@ -4363,34 +4493,34 @@ all but the most basic bits on a NetBSD system, you can set: A package must have a builtin.mk file to be listed in PREFER_NATIVE, otherwise it is simply ignored in that list. -Chapter 13. The pkginstall framework +Chapter 14. The pkginstall framework Table of Contents -13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix +14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix - 13.1.1. Directory manipulation - 13.1.2. File manipulation + 14.1.1. Directory manipulation + 14.1.2. File manipulation -13.2. Configuration files +14.2. Configuration files - 13.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set - 13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are - 13.2.3. Patching installations - 13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files + 14.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set + 14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are + 14.2.3. Patching installations + 14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files -13.3. System startup scripts +14.3. System startup scripts - 13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts + 14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts -13.4. System users and groups -13.5. System shells +14.4. System users and groups +14.5. System shells - 13.5.1. Disabling shell registration + 14.5.1. Disabling shell registration -13.6. Fonts +14.6. Fonts - 13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases + 14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases This chapter describes the framework known as pkginstall, whose key features are: @@ -4419,7 +4549,7 @@ itself could be unavailable). Therefore, the only way to achieve any of the items described above is by means of the installation scripts, which are automatically generated by pkginstall. -13.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix +14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix As you already know, the PLIST file holds a list of files and directories that belong to a package. The names used in it are relative to the installation @@ -4448,7 +4578,7 @@ scripts to abstract the manipulation of such files and directories based on variables set in the package's Makefile. The rest of this section describes these variables. -13.1.1. Directory manipulation +14.1.1. Directory manipulation The following variables can be set to request the creation of directories anywhere in the file system: @@ -4470,7 +4600,7 @@ anywhere in the file system: The difference between the two is exactly the same as their non-PERMS counterparts. -13.1.2. File manipulation +14.1.2. File manipulation Creating non-empty files outside the installation prefix is tricky because the PLIST forces all files to be inside it. To overcome this problem, the only @@ -4500,7 +4630,7 @@ handle files outside the installation prefix: The difference between the two is exactly the same as their non-PERMS counterparts. -13.2. Configuration files +14.2. Configuration files Configuration files are special in the sense that they are installed in their own specific directory, PKG_SYSCONFDIR, and need special treatment during @@ -4511,7 +4641,7 @@ if and only if they didn't exist before. Similarly, they will not be removed if they have local modifications. This ensures that administrators never lose any custom changes they may have made. -13.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set +14.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set As said before, the PKG_SYSCONFDIR variable specifies where configuration files shall be installed. Its contents are set based upon the following variables: @@ -4551,9 +4681,9 @@ basically the following: 3. Otherwise, it is set to ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}. It is worth mentioning that ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} is automatically added to -OWN_DIRS. See Section 13.1.1, "Directory manipulation" what this means. +OWN_DIRS. See Section 14.1.1, "Directory manipulation" what this means. -13.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are +14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are Given that pkgsrc (and users!) expect configuration files to be in a known place, you need to teach each package where it shall install its files. In some @@ -4567,7 +4697,7 @@ Note that this specifies where the package has to look for its configuration files, not where they will be originally installed (although the difference is never explicit, unfortunately). -13.2.3. Patching installations +14.2.3. Patching installations As said before, pkginstall automatically handles configuration files. This means that the packages themselves must not touch the contents of $ @@ -4584,7 +4714,7 @@ Once the required configuration files are in place (i.e., under the examples hierarchy), the pkginstall framework can use them as master copies during the package installation to update what is in ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}. To achieve this, the variables CONF_FILES and CONF_FILES_PERMS are used. Check out -Section 13.1.2, "File manipulation" for information about their syntax and +Section 14.1.2, "File manipulation" for information about their syntax and their purpose. Here is an example, taken from the mail/mutt package: EGDIR= ${PREFIX}/share/doc/mutt/samples @@ -4593,16 +4723,16 @@ their purpose. Here is an example, taken from the mail/mutt package: Note that the EGDIR variable is specific to that package and has no meaning outside it. -13.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files +14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment variable PKG_CONFIG prior to package installation. -13.3. System startup scripts +14.3. System startup scripts System startup scripts are special files because they must be installed in a place known by the underlying OS, usually outside the installation prefix. -Therefore, the same rules described in Section 13.1, "Files and directories +Therefore, the same rules described in Section 14.1, "Files and directories outside the installation prefix" apply, and the same solutions can be used. However, pkginstall provides a special mechanism to handle these files. @@ -4631,14 +4761,14 @@ automated fashion: 3. Add code to the installation scripts to copy the startup script from the examples hierarchy into the system-wide startup scripts directory. -13.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts +14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment variable PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS prior to package installation. Note that the scripts will be always copied inside the examples hierarchy, ${PREFIX}/share/examples/ rc.d/, no matter what the value of this variable is. -13.4. System users and groups +14.4. System users and groups If a package needs to create special users and/or groups during installation, it can do so by using the pkginstall framework. @@ -4667,7 +4797,7 @@ before which the users and groups are created. In this case, the numeric UIDs and GIDs of the created users and groups are automatically hardcoded into the final installation scripts. -13.5. System shells +14.5. System shells Packages that install system shells should register them in the shell database, /etc/shells, to make things easier to the administrator. This must be done from @@ -4681,12 +4811,12 @@ shells/zsh: PKG_SHELL= ${PREFIX}/bin/zsh -13.5.1. Disabling shell registration +14.5.1. Disabling shell registration The automatic registration of shell interpreters can be disabled by the administrator by setting the PKG_REGISTER_SHELLS environment variable to NO. -13.6. Fonts +14.6. Fonts Packages that install X11 fonts should update the database files that index the fonts within each fonts directory. This can easily be accomplished within the @@ -4702,18 +4832,18 @@ example, taken from fonts/dbz-ttf: FONTS_DIRS.ttf= ${PREFIX}/lib/X11/fonts/TTF -13.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases +14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases The automatic update of fonts databases can be disabled by the administrator by setting the PKG_UPDATE_FONTS_DB environment variable to NO. -Chapter 14. Options handling +Chapter 15. Options handling Table of Contents -14.1. Global default options -14.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk -14.3. Option Names +15.1. Global default options +15.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk +15.3. Option Names Many packages have the ability to be built to support different sets of features. bsd.options.mk is a framework in pkgsrc that provides generic @@ -4722,13 +4852,13 @@ can be built. It's possible for the user to specify exactly which sets of options will be built into a package or to allow a set of global default options apply. -14.1. Global default options +15.1. Global default options Global default options are listed in PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS, which is a list of the options that should be built into every package if that option is supported. This variable should be set in /etc/mk.conf. -14.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk +15.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk The following example shows how bsd.options.mk should be used by the hypothetical ``wibble'' package, either in the package Makefile, or in a file, @@ -4846,7 +4976,7 @@ PKG_OPTIONS: .if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Moption) -14.3. Option Names +15.3. Option Names Options that enable similar features in different packages (like optional support for a library) should use a common name in all packages that support it @@ -4867,33 +4997,33 @@ description. The description should be a whole sentence (starting with an uppercase letter and ending with a period) that describes what enabling the option does. E. g. "Enable ispell support." The file is sorted by option names. -Chapter 15. The build process +Chapter 16. The build process Table of Contents -15.1. Introduction -15.2. Program location -15.3. Directories used during the build process -15.4. Running a phase -15.5. The fetch phase - - 15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from - 15.5.2. How are the files fetched? - -15.6. The checksum phase -15.7. The extract phase -15.8. The patch phase -15.9. The tools phase -15.10. The wrapper phase -15.11. The configure phase -15.12. The build phase -15.13. The test phase -15.14. The install phase -15.15. The package phase -15.16. Cleaning up -15.17. Other helpful targets - -15.1. Introduction +16.1. Introduction +16.2. Program location +16.3. Directories used during the build process +16.4. Running a phase +16.5. The fetch phase + + 16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from + 16.5.2. How are the files fetched? + +16.6. The checksum phase +16.7. The extract phase +16.8. The patch phase +16.9. The tools phase +16.10. The wrapper phase +16.11. The configure phase +16.12. The build phase +16.13. The test phase +16.14. The install phase +16.15. The package phase +16.16. Cleaning up +16.17. Other helpful targets + +16.1. Introduction This chapter gives a detailed description on how a package is built. Building a package is separated into different phases (for example fetch, build, install), @@ -4908,7 +5038,7 @@ any pkgsrc-specific patches to compile properly are applied, the software can be configured, then built (usually by compiling), and finally the generated binaries, etc. can be put into place on the system. -15.2. Program location +16.2. Program location Before outlining the process performed by the NetBSD package system in the next section, here's a brief discussion on where programs are installed, and which @@ -4918,7 +5048,7 @@ The automatic variable PREFIX indicates where all files of the final program shall be installed. It is usually set to LOCALBASE (/usr/pkg), or CROSSBASE for pkgs in the cross category. The value of PREFIX needs to be put into the various places in the program's source where paths to these files are encoded. -See Section 9.3, "patches/*" and Section 17.3.1, "Shared libraries - libtool" +See Section 10.3, "patches/*" and Section 18.3.1, "Shared libraries - libtool" for more details. When choosing which of these variables to use, follow the following rules: @@ -4988,7 +5118,7 @@ When choosing which of these variables to use, follow the following rules: the exception that manual pages go into ${PREFIX}/man, not ${PREFIX}/share/ man. -15.3. Directories used during the build process +16.3. Directories used during the build process When building a package, a number of directories is used to store source files, temporary files, pkgsrc-internal files, and so on. These directories are @@ -5023,7 +5153,7 @@ WRKSRC it's the only directory entry that isn't hidden. This variable may be changed by a package Makefile. -15.4. Running a phase +16.4. Running a phase You can run a particular phase by typing make phase, where phase is the name of the phase. This will automatically run all phases that are required for this @@ -5031,13 +5161,13 @@ phase. The default phase is build, that is, when you run make without parameters in a package directory, the package will be built, but not installed. -15.5. The fetch phase +16.5. The fetch phase The first step in building a package is to fetch the distribution files (distfiles) from the sites that are providing them. This is the task of the fetch phase. -15.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from +16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from In simple cases, MASTER_SITES defines all URLs from where the distfile, whose name is derived from the DISTNAME variable, is fetched. The more complicated @@ -5120,7 +5250,7 @@ actual site, you must use the following construct to specify a subdirectory: Note the trailing slash after the subdirectory name. -15.5.2. How are the files fetched? +16.5.2. How are the files fetched? The fetch phase makes sure that all the distfiles exist in a local directory (DISTDIR), which can be set by the pkgsrc user). If the files do not exist, @@ -5135,7 +5265,7 @@ defined, else MASTER_SITES or PATCH_SITES, as applies, then finally the value of MASTER_SITE_BACKUP. The order of all except the first can be optionally sorted by the user, via setting either MASTER_SORT_AWK or MASTER_SORT_REGEX. -15.6. The checksum phase +16.6. The checksum phase After the distfile(s) are fetched, their checksum is generated and compared with the checksums stored in the distinfo file. If the checksums don't match, @@ -5143,7 +5273,7 @@ the build is aborted. This is to ensure the same distfile is used for building, and that the distfile wasn't changed, e.g. by some malign force, deliberately changed distfiles on the master distribution site or network lossage. -15.7. The extract phase +16.7. The extract phase When the distfiles are present on the local system, they need to be extracted, as they usually come in the form of some compressed archive format. @@ -5175,25 +5305,25 @@ file that is going to be extracted. And if that still does not suffice, you can override the do-extract target in the package Makefile. -15.8. The patch phase +16.8. The patch phase After extraction, all the patches named by the PATCHFILES, those present in the patches subdirectory of the package as well as in $LOCALPATCHES/$PKGPATH (e.g. /usr/local/patches/graphics/png) are applied. Patchfiles ending in .Z or .gz are uncompressed before they are applied, files ending in .orig or .rej are ignored. Any special options to patch(1) can be handed in PATCH_DIST_ARGS. See -Section 9.3, "patches/*" for more details. +Section 10.3, "patches/*" for more details. By default patch(1) is given special args to make it fail if the patches apply with some lines of fuzz. Please fix (regen) the patches so that they apply cleanly. The rationale behind this is that patches that don't apply cleanly may end up being applied in the wrong place, and cause severe harm there. -15.9. The tools phase +16.9. The tools phase -This is covered in Chapter 16, Tools needed for building or running. +This is covered in Chapter 17, Tools needed for building or running. -15.10. The wrapper phase +16.10. The wrapper phase This phase creates wrapper programs for the compilers and linkers. The following variables can be used to tweak the wrappers. @@ -5223,7 +5353,7 @@ WRAPPER_TRANSFORM_CMDS A list of transformation commands. [TODO: investigate further] -15.11. The configure phase +16.11. The configure phase Most pieces of software need information on the header files, system calls, and library routines which are available on the platform they run on. The process @@ -5252,7 +5382,7 @@ If the program uses an Imakefile for configuration, the appropriate steps can be invoked by setting USE_IMAKE to "yes". (If you only want the package installed in ${X11PREFIX} but xmkmf not being run, set USE_X11BASE instead.) -15.12. The build phase +16.12. The build phase For building a package, a rough equivalent of the following code is executed. @@ -5272,11 +5402,11 @@ The default value of MAKE_PROGRAM is "gmake" if USE_TOOLS contains "gmake", "make" otherwise. The default value of MAKE_FILE is "Makefile", and BUILD_TARGET defaults to "all". -15.13. The test phase +16.13. The test phase [TODO] -15.14. The install phase +16.14. The install phase Once the build stage has completed, the final step is to install the software in public directories, so users can access the programs and files. @@ -5362,7 +5492,7 @@ INSTALLATION_DIRS author. The directories are created with the correct ownership, depending on their name. -15.15. The package phase +16.15. The package phase Once the install stage has completed, a binary package of the installed files can be built. These binary packages can be used for quick installation without @@ -5372,13 +5502,13 @@ By default, the binary packages are created in ${PACKAGES}/All and symlinks are created in ${PACKAGES}/category, one for each category in the CATEGORIES variable. PACKAGES defaults to pkgsrc/packages. -15.16. Cleaning up +16.16. Cleaning up Once you're finished with a package, you can clean the work directory by running make clean. If you want to clean the work directories of all dependencies too, use make clean-depends. -15.17. Other helpful targets +16.17. Other helpful targets pre/post-* @@ -5627,7 +5757,7 @@ print-PLIST file access times, be sure to add these files manually to your PLIST, as the "find -newer" command used by this target won't catch them! - See Section 11.3, "Tweaking output of make print-PLIST" for more + See Section 12.3, "Tweaking output of make print-PLIST" for more information on this target. bulk-package @@ -5659,13 +5789,13 @@ bulk-install Beware that this target may deinstall all packages installed on a system! -Chapter 16. Tools needed for building or running +Chapter 17. Tools needed for building or running Table of Contents -16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds -16.2. Tools needed by packages -16.3. Tools provided by platforms +17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds +17.2. Tools needed by packages +17.3. Tools provided by platforms The USE_TOOLS definition is used both internally by pkgsrc and also for individual packages to define what commands are needed for building a package @@ -5686,7 +5816,7 @@ package may need GNU awk, bison (instead of yacc) or a better sed. The tools used by a package can be listed by running make show-tools. -16.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds +17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds The default set of tools used by pkgsrc is defined in bsd.pkg.mk. This includes standard Unix tools, such as: cat, awk, chmod, test, and so on. These can be @@ -5695,7 +5825,7 @@ seen by running: make show-var VARNAME=USE_TOOLS. If a package needs a specific program to build then the USE_TOOLS variable can be used to define the tools needed. -16.2. Tools needed by packages +17.2. Tools needed by packages In the following examples, the :pkgsrc means to use the pkgsrc version and not the native version for a build dependency. And the :run means that it is used @@ -5713,7 +5843,7 @@ could be "/bin/bash" on Linux systems. If you always need a pkgsrc version of the tool at run-time, then just use DEPENDS instead. -16.3. Tools provided by platforms +17.3. Tools provided by platforms When improving or porting pkgsrc to a new platform, have a look at (or create) the corresponding platform specific make file fragment under pkgsrc/mk/tools/ @@ -5727,86 +5857,86 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.bzcat?= /usr/bin/bzip2 -cd TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin -Chapter 17. Making your package work +Chapter 18. Making your package work Table of Contents -17.1. General operation - - 17.1.1. Portability of packages - 17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf - 17.1.3. User interaction - 17.1.4. Handling licenses - 17.1.5. Restricted packages - 17.1.6. Handling dependencies - 17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages - 17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built - 17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed - 17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems - 17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing +18.1. General operation + + 18.1.1. Portability of packages + 18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf + 18.1.3. User interaction + 18.1.4. Handling licenses + 18.1.5. Restricted packages + 18.1.6. Handling dependencies + 18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages + 18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built + 18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed + 18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems + 18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package - 17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST + 18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework) -17.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase +18.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase - 17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading - 17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name + 18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading + 18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name -17.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase +18.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase - 17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool - 17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool - 17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake + 18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool + 18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool + 18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake -17.4. Programming languages +18.4. Programming languages - 17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran - 17.4.2. Java - 17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts - 17.4.4. Other programming languages + 18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran + 18.4.2. Java + 18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts + 18.4.4. Other programming languages -17.5. Fixing problems in the build phase +18.5. Fixing problems in the build phase - 17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally - 17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs - 17.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." - 17.5.4. Running out of memory + 18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally + 18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs + 18.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." + 18.5.4. Running out of memory -17.6. Fixing problems in the install phase +18.6. Fixing problems in the install phase - 17.6.1. Creating needed directories - 17.6.2. Where to install documentation - 17.6.3. Installing score files - 17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters - 17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules - 17.6.6. Packages installing info files - 17.6.7. Packages installing man pages - 17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files - 17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files - 17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts - 17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules - 17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data - 17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database - 17.6.14. Packages using intltool - 17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts - 17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules - 17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation - 17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons - 17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files + 18.6.1. Creating needed directories + 18.6.2. Where to install documentation + 18.6.3. Installing score files + 18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters + 18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules + 18.6.6. Packages installing info files + 18.6.7. Packages installing man pages + 18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files + 18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files + 18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts + 18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules + 18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data + 18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database + 18.6.14. Packages using intltool + 18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts + 18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules + 18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation + 18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons + 18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files -17.7. Marking packages as having problems +18.7. Marking packages as having problems -17.1. General operation +18.1. General operation -17.1.1. Portability of packages +18.1.1. Portability of packages One appealing feature of pkgsrc is that it runs on many different platforms. As a result, it is important to ensure, where possible, that packages in pkgsrc are portable. This chapter mentions some particular details you should pay attention to while working on pkgsrc. -17.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf +18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf The pkgsrc user can configure pkgsrc by overriding several variables in the file pointed to by MAKECONF, which is /etc/mk.conf by default. When you want to @@ -5826,7 +5956,7 @@ Note Currently there is no exhaustive list of all variables that tells you whether they can be used at load time or only at run time, but it is in preparation. -17.1.3. User interaction +18.1.3. User interaction Occasionally, packages require interaction from the user, and this can be in a number of ways: @@ -5856,7 +5986,7 @@ Multiple interactive stages can be specified: The user can then decide to skip this package by setting the BATCH variable. -17.1.4. Handling licenses +18.1.4. Handling licenses A package may be covered by a license which the user has or has not agreed to accept. For these cases, pkgsrc contains a mechanism to note that a package is @@ -5914,7 +6044,7 @@ license text for another package. In particular, this can be inappropriate when e.g. one accepts a particular license to indicate to pkgsrc that a fee has been paid. -17.1.5. Restricted packages +18.1.5. Restricted packages Some licenses restrict how software may be re-distributed. In order to satisfy these restrictions, the package system defines five make variables that can be @@ -5954,13 +6084,13 @@ Please note that the use of NO_PACKAGE, IGNORE, NO_CDROM, or other generic make variables to denote restrictions is deprecated, because they unconditionally prevent users from generating binary packages! -17.1.6. Handling dependencies +18.1.6. Handling dependencies Your package may depend on some other package being present - and there are various ways of expressing this dependency. pkgsrc supports the BUILD_DEPENDS and DEPENDS definitions, the USE_TOOLS definition, as well as dependencies via buildlink3.mk, which is the preferred way to handle dependencies, and which -uses the variables named above. See Chapter 12, Buildlink methodology for more +uses the variables named above. See Chapter 13, Buildlink methodology for more information. The basic difference between the two variables is as follows: The DEPENDS @@ -6049,7 +6179,7 @@ version numbers recognized by pkg_info(1). systems that may have different versions of binary packages installed. For security fixes, please update the package vulnerabilities file. See - Section 17.1.10, "Handling packages with security problems" for more + Section 18.1.10, "Handling packages with security problems" for more information. 4. If your package needs some executable to be able to run correctly and if @@ -6073,7 +6203,7 @@ convenience definition. It adds a build dependency on either an installed version of an older gettext package, or if it isn't, installs the devel/ gettext-m4 package. -17.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages +18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages Your package may conflict with other packages a user might already have installed on his system, e.g. if your package installs the same set of files as @@ -6097,7 +6227,7 @@ Packages will automatically conflict with other packages with the name prefix and a different version string. "Xaw3d-1.5" e.g. will automatically conflict with the older version "Xaw3d-1.3". -17.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built +18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built There are several reasons why a package might be instructed to not build under certain circumstances. If the package builds and runs on most platforms, the @@ -6118,7 +6248,7 @@ functionality already provided by the system), set PKG_SKIP_REASON to a descriptive message. If the package should fail because some preconditions are not met, set PKG_FAIL_REASON to a descriptive message. -17.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed +18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed To ensure that a package may not be deleted, once it has been installed, the PKG_PRESERVE definition should be set in the package Makefile. This will be @@ -6126,7 +6256,7 @@ carried into any binary package that is made from this pkgsrc entry. A "preserved" package will not be deleted using pkg_delete(1) unless the "-f" option is used. -17.1.10. Handling packages with security problems +18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems When a vulnerability is found, this should be noted in localsrc/security/ advisories/pkg-vulnerabilities, and after committing that file, use make upload @@ -6142,7 +6272,7 @@ submit a pullup request! Binary packages already on ftp.NetBSD.org will be handled semi-automatically by a weekly cron job. -17.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package +18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package When making fixes to an existing package it can be useful to change the version number in PKGNAME. To avoid conflicting with future versions by the original @@ -6189,7 +6319,7 @@ Examples of changes that do merit an increase to PKGREVISION include: PKGREVISION must also be incremented when dependencies have ABI changes. -17.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework) +18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework) When you want to replace the same text in multiple files or when the replacement text varies, patches alone cannot help. This is where the SUBST @@ -6240,9 +6370,9 @@ blocks look uniform. There are some more variables, but they are so seldomly used that they are only documented in the mk/subst.mk file. -17.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase +18.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase -17.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading +18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading If you need to download from a dynamic URL you can set DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES and a make fetch will call files/getsite.sh with the name of each file to download @@ -6259,7 +6389,7 @@ before aborting the build. Example: FETCH_MESSAGE+= "manually from "${MASTER_SITES:Q}"." -17.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name +18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name Sometimes authors of a software package make some modifications after the software was released, and they put up a new distfile without changing the @@ -6277,9 +6407,9 @@ contains the DIST_SUBDIR path in the filenames. Furthermore, a mail to the package's authors seems appropriate telling them that changing distfiles after releases without changing the file names is not good practice. -17.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase +18.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase -17.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool +18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool pkgsrc supports many different machines, with different object formats like a.out and ELF, and varying abilities to do shared library and dynamic loading @@ -6379,7 +6509,7 @@ Here's how to use libtool in a package in seven simple steps: 7. In your PLIST, include only the .la file (this is a change from previous behaviour). -17.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool +18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool Add USE_LIBTOOL=yes to the package Makefile. This will override the package's own libtool in most cases. For older libtool using packages, libtool is made by @@ -6413,7 +6543,7 @@ in some circumstances. Some of the more common errors are: The function lt_dlinit() should be called and the macro LTDL_SET_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS included in executables. -17.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake +18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake If a package needs GNU autoconf or automake to be executed to regenerate the configure script and Makefile.in makefile templates, then they should be @@ -6453,13 +6583,13 @@ automake sequence. This is prevented by touching various files in the configure stage. If this causes problems with your package you can set AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE= NO in the package Makefile. -17.4. Programming languages +18.4. Programming languages -17.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran +18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran Compilers for the C, C++, and Fortran languages comes with the NetBSD base system. By default, pkgsrc assumes that a package is written in C and will hide -all other compilers (via the wrapper framework, see Chapter 12, Buildlink +all other compilers (via the wrapper framework, see Chapter 13, Buildlink methodology). To declare which language's compiler a package needs, set the USE_LANGUAGES @@ -6467,7 +6597,7 @@ variable. Allowed values currently are "c", "c++", and "fortran" (and any combination). The default is "c". Packages using GNU configure scripts, even if written in C++, usually need a C compiler for the configure phase. -17.4.2. Java +18.4.2. Java If a program is written in Java, use the Java framework in pkgsrc. The package must include ../../mk/java-vm.mk. This Makefile fragment provides the following @@ -6482,7 +6612,7 @@ variables: implementation, "1.4" insists on versions 1.4 or above, and "1.5" only accepts versions 1.5 or above. This variable is not set by default. -17.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts +18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts If your package contains interpreted perl scripts, add "perl" to the USE_TOOLS variable and set REPLACE_PERL to ensure that the proper interpreter path is @@ -6493,16 +6623,16 @@ full path to the perl executable. If a particular version of perl is needed, set the PERL5_REQD variable to the version number. The default is "5.0". -See Section 17.6.5, "Packages installing perl modules" for information about +See Section 18.6.5, "Packages installing perl modules" for information about handling perl modules. -17.4.4. Other programming languages +18.4.4. Other programming languages Currently, there is no special handling for other languages in pkgsrc. If a compiler package provides a buildlink3.mk file, include that, otherwise just add a (build) dependency on the appropriate compiler package. -17.5. Fixing problems in the build phase +18.5. Fixing problems in the build phase The most common failures when building a package are that some platforms do not provide certain header files, functions or libraries, or they provide the @@ -6510,7 +6640,7 @@ functions in a library that the original package author didn't know. To work around this, you can rewrite the source code in most cases so that it does not use the missing functions or provides a replacement function. -17.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally +18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally If a package already comes with a GNU configure script, the preferred way to fix the build failure is to change the configure script, not the code. In the @@ -6527,7 +6657,7 @@ the compiler that is used. For example, if you want to conditionally compile code on Solaris, don't use __sun__, as the SunPro compiler does not define it. Use __sun instead. -17.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system +18.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system To distinguish between 4.4 BSD-derived systems and the rest of the world, you should use the following code. @@ -6550,19 +6680,19 @@ macros. OpenBSD __OpenBSD__ Solaris sun, __sun -17.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture +18.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture i386 i386, __i386, __i386__ MIPS __mips SPARC sparc, __sparc -17.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler +18.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler GCC __GNUC__ (major version), __GNUC_MINOR__ SunPro __SUNPRO_C (0x570 for version 5.7) SunPro C++ __SUNPRO_CC (0x580 for version 5.8) -17.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs +18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs Some source files trigger bugs in the compiler, based on combinations of compiler version and architecture and almost always relation to optimisation @@ -6573,7 +6703,7 @@ Typically, a workaround involves testing the MACHINE_ARCH and compiler version, disabling optimisation for that combination of file, MACHINE_ARCH and compiler, and documenting it in pkgsrc/doc/HACKS. See that file for a number of examples. -17.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." +18.5.3. Undefined reference to "..." This compiler error often means that a package did not link to a shared library it needs. The following functions are known to cause this error message over @@ -6600,7 +6730,7 @@ and over. To fix these linker errors, it is often sufficient to say LIBS.OperatingSystem+ = -lfoo to the package Makefile and then say bmake clean; bmake. -17.5.4. Running out of memory +18.5.4. Running out of memory Sometimes packages fail to build because the compiler runs into an operating system specific soft limit. With the UNLIMIT_RESOURCES variable pkgsrc can be @@ -6609,9 +6739,9 @@ told to unlimit the resources. Currently, the allowed values are "datasize" and builtin ulimit command to raise the maximum data segment size or maximum stack size of a process, respectively, to their hard limits. -17.6. Fixing problems in the install phase +18.6. Fixing problems in the install phase -17.6.1. Creating needed directories +18.6.1. Creating needed directories The BSD-compatible install supplied with some operating systems cannot create more than one directory at a time. As such, you should call ${INSTALL_*_DIR} @@ -6624,7 +6754,7 @@ like this: You can also just append "dir1 dir2" to the INSTALLATION_DIRS variable, which will automatically do the right thing. -17.6.2. Where to install documentation +18.6.2. Where to install documentation In general, documentation should be installed into ${PREFIX}/share/doc/$ {PKGBASE} or ${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGNAME} (the latter includes the version @@ -6645,7 +6775,7 @@ then, no additional subdirectory level is allowed in this case. This is usually achieved by using "--with-html-dir=${PREFIX}/share/doc". ${PREFIX}/share/ gtk-doc is preferred though.) -17.6.3. Installing score files +18.6.3. Installing score files Certain packages, most of them in the games category, install a score file that allows all users on the system to record their highscores. In order for this to @@ -6660,7 +6790,7 @@ SETGIDGAME=YES will set all the other variables accordingly. A package should therefor never hard code file ownership or access permissions but rely on INSTALL_GAME and INSTALL_GAME_DATA to set these correctly. -17.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters +18.6.4. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters Your package may also contain scripts with hardcoded paths to other interpreters besides (or as well as) perl. To correct the full pathname to the @@ -6678,7 +6808,7 @@ Note Before March 2006, these variables were called _REPLACE.* and _REPLACE_FILES.*. -17.6.5. Packages installing perl modules +18.6.5. Packages installing perl modules Makefiles of packages providing perl5 modules should include the Makefile fragment ../../lang/perl5/module.mk. It provides a do-configure target for the @@ -6699,7 +6829,7 @@ three locations in which perl5 modules may be installed, and may be used by perl5 packages that don't have a packlist. These three variables are also substituted for in the PLIST. -17.6.6. Packages installing info files +18.6.6. Packages installing info files Some packages install info files or use the "makeinfo" or "install-info" commands. INFO_FILES should be defined in the package Makefile so that INSTALL @@ -6734,7 +6864,7 @@ message. The script overriding makeinfo logs a message and according to the value of TEXINFO_REQD either runs the appropriate makeinfo command or exit on error. -17.6.7. Packages installing man pages +18.6.7. Packages installing man pages All packages that install manual pages should install them into the same directory, so that there is one common place to look for them. In pkgsrc, this @@ -6759,10 +6889,10 @@ Packages that use GNU_CONFIGURE but do not use --mandir, can set CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR to "no". Or if the ./configure script uses a non-standard use of --mandir, you can set GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR as needed. -See Section 11.5, "Man page compression" for information on installation of +See Section 12.5, "Man page compression" for information on installation of compressed manual pages. -17.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files +18.6.8. Packages installing GConf2 data files If a package installs .schemas or .entries files, used by GConf2, you need to take some extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database: @@ -6778,7 +6908,7 @@ take some extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database: manually patch the package. 3. Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the etc/gconf directory, as - they will be handled automatically. See Section 7.14, "How do I change the + they will be handled automatically. See Section 8.14, "How do I change the location of configuration files?" for more information. 4. Define the GCONF2_SCHEMAS variable in your Makefile with a list of all @@ -6789,7 +6919,7 @@ take some extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database: .entries files installed by the package, if any. Names must not contain any directories in them. -17.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files +18.6.9. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files If a package installs .omf files, used by scrollkeeper, you need to take some extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database: @@ -6805,7 +6935,7 @@ extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database: 3. Remove the share/omf directory from the PLIST. It will be handled by scrollkeeper. -17.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts +18.6.10. Packages installing X11 fonts If a package installs font files, you will need to rebuild the fonts database in the directory where they get installed at installation and deinstallation @@ -6819,7 +6949,7 @@ Note that you should not create new directories for fonts; instead use the standard ones to avoid that the user needs to manually configure his X server to find them. -17.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules +18.6.11. Packages installing GTK2 modules If a package installs GTK2 immodules or loaders, you need to take some extra steps to get them registered in the GTK2 database properly: @@ -6842,7 +6972,7 @@ steps to get them registered in the GTK2 database properly: 5. Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the libdata/gtk-2.0 directory, as they will be handled automatically. -17.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data +18.6.12. Packages installing SGML or XML data If a package installs SGML or XML data files that need to be registered in system-wide catalogs (like DTDs, sub-catalogs, etc.), you need to take some @@ -6868,7 +6998,7 @@ extra steps: (specifically, arguments recognized by the 'add' action). Note that you will normally not use this variable. -17.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database +18.6.13. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database If a package provides extensions to the MIME database by installing .xml files inside ${PREFIX}/share/mime/packages, you need to take some extra steps to @@ -6889,7 +7019,7 @@ ensure that the database is kept consistent with respect to these new files: 3. Remove any share/mime/* directories from the PLIST. They will be handled by the shared-mime-info package. -17.6.14. Packages using intltool +18.6.14. Packages using intltool If a package uses intltool during its build, include the ../../textproc/ intltool/buildlink3.mk file, which forces it to use the intltool package @@ -6899,7 +7029,7 @@ This tracks intltool's build-time dependencies and uses the latest available version; this way, the package benefits of any bug fixes that may have appeared since it was released. -17.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts +18.6.15. Packages installing startup scripts If a package contains a rc.d script, it won't be copied into the startup directory by default, but you can enable it, by adding the option @@ -6907,7 +7037,7 @@ PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS=YES in /etc/mk.conf. This option will copy the scripts into / etc/rc.d when a package is installed, and it will automatically remove the scripts when the package is deinstalled. -17.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules +18.6.16. Packages installing TeX modules If a package installs TeX packages into the texmf tree, the ls-R database of the tree needs to be updated. @@ -6933,7 +7063,7 @@ into PKG_LOCALTEXMFPREFIX, not PKG_TEXMFPREFIX. 3. Make sure that none of ls-R databases are included in PLIST, as they will be removed only by the teTeX-bin package. -17.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation +18.6.17. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation There are some packages that provide libraries and executables for running binaries from a one operating system on a different one (if the latter supports @@ -6947,7 +7077,7 @@ linker. Since the standard dynamic linker is run, this fails for emulation packages, because the libraries used by the emulation are not in the standard directories. -17.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons +18.6.18. Packages installing hicolor theme icons If a package installs images under the share/icons/hicolor and/or updates the share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache database, you need to take some extra @@ -6964,7 +7094,7 @@ that the cache database is rebuilt: The best way to verify that the PLIST is correct with respect to the last two points is to regenerate it using make print-PLIST. -17.6.19. Packages installing desktop files +18.6.19. Packages installing desktop files If a package installs .desktop files under share/applications and these include MIME information, you need to take extra steps to ensure that they are @@ -6978,7 +7108,7 @@ registered into the MIME database: The best way to verify that the PLIST is correct with respect to the last point is to regenerate it using make print-PLIST. -17.7. Marking packages as having problems +18.7. Marking packages as having problems In some cases one does not have the time to solve a problem immediately. There are currently two ways to declare that one knows that a package has problems. @@ -6998,7 +7128,7 @@ are currently two ways to declare that one knows that a package has problems. Both types of packages are removed from pkgsrc in irregular intervals. -Chapter 18. Debugging +Chapter 19. Debugging To check out all the gotchas when building a package, here are the steps that I do in order to get a package working. Please note this is basically the same as @@ -7036,7 +7166,7 @@ what was explained in the previous sections, only with some debugging aids. that shouldn't be, especially during the build phase. mkpatches, patchdiff and pkgvi are from the pkgtools/pkgdiff package. - * Look at the Makefile, fix if necessary; see Section 9.1, "Makefile". + * Look at the Makefile, fix if necessary; see Section 10.1, "Makefile". * Generate a PLIST: @@ -7077,21 +7207,21 @@ what was explained in the previous sections, only with some debugging aids. # pkglint - * Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see Chapter 19, Submitting and + * Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see Chapter 20, Submitting and Committing. -Chapter 19. Submitting and Committing +Chapter 20. Submitting and Committing Table of Contents -19.1. Submitting binary packages -19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) -19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages -19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS -19.5. Updating a package to a newer version -19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc +20.1. Submitting binary packages +20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) +20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages +20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS +20.5. Updating a package to a newer version +20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc -19.1. Submitting binary packages +20.1. Submitting binary packages Our policy is that we accept binaries only from pkgsrc developers to guarantee that the packages don't contain any trojan horses etc. This is not to annoy @@ -7100,10 +7230,10 @@ home-made binary packages and tell the world where to get them. NetBSD developers doing bulk builds and wanting to upload them please see Section 6.3.8, "Uploading results of a bulk build". -19.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) +20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers) First, check that your package is complete, compiles and runs well; see -Chapter 18, Debugging and the rest of this document. Next, generate an +Chapter 19, Debugging and the rest of this document. Next, generate an uuencoded gzipped tar(1) archive that contains all files that make up the package. Finally, send this package to the pkgsrc bug tracking system, either with the send-pr(1) command, or if you don't have that, go to the web page @@ -7123,7 +7253,7 @@ Alternatively, you can also import new packages into pkgsrc-wip ("pkgsrc work-in-progress"); see the homepage at http://pkgsrc-wip.sourceforge.net/ for details. -19.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages +20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages Please note all package additions, updates, moves, and removals in pkgsrc/doc/ CHANGES. It's very important to keep this file up to date and conforming to the @@ -7147,7 +7277,7 @@ or package moves or removals, set the CTYPE variable on the command line to if your local login name is not the same as your NetBSD login name. Don't forget to commit the changes to pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES! -19.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS +20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS This section is only of interest for pkgsrc developers with write access to the pkgsrc repository. Please remember that cvs imports files relative to the @@ -7169,7 +7299,7 @@ so people reading the mailing lists know what the package is/does. For new packages, "cvs import" is preferred to "cvs add" because the former gets everything with a single command, and provides a consistent tag. -19.5. Updating a package to a newer version +20.5. Updating a package to a newer version Please always put a concise, appropriate and relevant summary of the changes between old and new versions into the commit log when updating a package. There @@ -7194,7 +7324,7 @@ which pkgsrc is used. Please use your judgement about what should go into pkgsrc, and bear in mind that stability is to be preferred above new and possibly untested features. -19.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc +20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc 1. Make a copy of the directory somewhere else. @@ -7230,56 +7360,56 @@ possibly untested features. (and any packages from step 5, of course). -Chapter 20. Frequently Asked Questions +Chapter 21. Frequently Asked Questions This section contains the answers to questions that may arise when you are writing a package. If you don't find your question answered here, first have a look in the other chapters, and if you still don't have the answer, ask on the pkgsrc-users mailing list. -20.1. What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS? -20.2. What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM? -20.3. What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER? -20.4. What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and +21.1. What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS? +21.2. What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM? +21.3. What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER? +21.4. What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and BUILDLINK_LIBS? -20.5. Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty? -20.6. What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand +21.5. Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty? +21.6. What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand the := inside it. -20.7. Which mailing lists are there for package developers? -20.8. Where is the pkgsrc documentation? +21.7. Which mailing lists are there for package developers? +21.8. Where is the pkgsrc documentation? -20.1. What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS? +21.1. What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS? MAKEFLAGS are the flags passed to the pkgsrc-internal invocations of make (1), while MAKE_FLAGS are the flags that are passed to the MAKE_PROGRAM when building the package. [FIXME: What is .MAKEFLAGS for?] -20.2. What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM? +21.2. What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM? MAKE is the path to the make(1) program that is used in the pkgsrc infrastructure. GMAKE is the path to GNU Make, but you need to say USE_TOOLS+=gmake to use that. MAKE_PROGRAM is the path to the Make program that is used for building the package. -20.3. What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER? +21.3. What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER? CC is the path to the real C compiler, which can be configured by the pkgsrc user. PKG_CC is the path to the compiler wrapper. PKGSRC_COMPILER is not a path to a compiler, but the type of compiler that should be used. See mk/compiler.mk for more information about the latter variable. -20.4. What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and +21.4. What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and BUILDLINK_LIBS? [FIXME] -20.5. Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty? +21.5. Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty? For optimization reasons, some variables are only available in the "wrapper" phase and later. To "simulate" the wrapper phase, append PKG_PHASE=wrapper to the above command. -20.6. What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand +21.6. What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand the := inside it. The := is not really an assignment operator, like you might expect at @@ -7289,7 +7419,7 @@ pkgsrc-users mailing list. old_string is the empty string and new_string is package/. That's where the : and the = fall together. -20.7. Which mailing lists are there for package developers? +21.7. Which mailing lists are there for package developers? tech-pkg @@ -7306,7 +7436,7 @@ pkgsrc-users mailing list. Please do not report your bugs here directly; use one of the other mailing lists. -20.8. Where is the pkgsrc documentation? +21.8. Where is the pkgsrc documentation? There are many places where you can find documentation about pkgsrc: @@ -7339,14 +7469,14 @@ pkgsrc-users mailing list. others can find your questions later (see above). To be sure that the developer in charge reads the mail, you may CC him or her. -Chapter 21. GNOME packaging and porting +Chapter 22. GNOME packaging and porting Table of Contents -21.1. Meta packages -21.2. Packaging a GNOME application -21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version -21.4. Patching guidelines +22.1. Meta packages +22.2. Packaging a GNOME application +22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version +22.4. Patching guidelines Quoting GNOME's web site: @@ -7380,7 +7510,7 @@ willing to learn new exciting stuff, please jump straight to the pending work list! There is still a long way to go to get a fully-functional GNOME desktop under NetBSD and we need your help to achieve it! -21.1. Meta packages +22.1. Meta packages pkgsrc includes three GNOME-related meta packages: @@ -7409,7 +7539,7 @@ updates: a package may depend on other packages listed before it but not on any listed after it. It is very important to keep this order to ease updates so... do not change it to alphabetical sorting! -21.2. Packaging a GNOME application +22.2. Packaging a GNOME application Almost all GNOME applications are written in C and use a common set of tools as their build system. Things get different with the new bindings to other @@ -7465,29 +7595,29 @@ directories or files. For each of them, the appropriate solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to regenerate the package's file list with make print-PLIST and ensure it is correct. -Table 21.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages +Table 22.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | If the package... | Then... | |-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------| -| |See Section 17.6.9, "Packages | +| |See Section 18.6.9, "Packages | |Installs OMF files under share/omf. |installing scrollkeeper data | | |files". | |-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------| -|Installs icons under the share/icons/ |See Section 17.6.18, "Packages | +|Installs icons under the share/icons/ |See Section 18.6.18, "Packages | |hicolor hierarchy or updates share/icons/ |installing hicolor theme icons". | |hicolor/icon-theme.cache. | | |-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------| -| |See Section 17.6.13, "Packages | +| |See Section 18.6.13, "Packages | |Installs files under share/mime/packages. |installing extensions to the MIME| | |database". | |-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------| -|Installs .desktop files under share/ |See Section 17.6.19, "Packages | +|Installs .desktop files under share/ |See Section 18.6.19, "Packages | |applications and these include MIME |installing desktop files". | |information. | | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -21.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version +22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version When seeing GNOME as a whole, there are two kinds of updates: @@ -7564,12 +7694,12 @@ In order to update the GNOME components in pkgsrc to a new stable release package updates and all the corresponding changes to the doc/CHANGES-<YEAR> and pkgsrc/doc/TODO files. -21.4. Patching guidelines +22.4. Patching guidelines GNOME is a very big component in pkgsrc which approaches 100 packages. Please, it is very important that you always, always, always feed back any portability fixes you do to a GNOME package to the mainstream developers (see -Section 9.3.2, "Feedback to the author"). This is the only way to get their +Section 10.3.2, "Feedback to the author"). This is the only way to get their attention on portability issues and to ensure that future versions can be built out-of-the box on NetBSD. The less custom patches in pkgsrc, the easier further updates are. Those developers in charge of issuing major GNOME updates will be @@ -7586,7 +7716,7 @@ Also, please avoid using preprocessor magic to fix portability issues. While the FreeBSD GNOME people are doing a great job in porting GNOME to their operating system, the official GNOME sources are now plagued by conditionals that check for __FreeBSD__ and similar macros. This hurts portability. Please -see our patching guidelines (Section 9.3.1, "Patching guidelines") for more +see our patching guidelines (Section 10.3.1, "Patching guidelines") for more details. Part III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals @@ -7597,67 +7727,67 @@ maintainer should not need anything from this part. Table of Contents -22. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure +23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure - 22.1. The meaning of variable definitions - 22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise - 22.3. Variable evaluation + 23.1. The meaning of variable definitions + 23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise + 23.3. Variable evaluation - 22.3.1. At load time - 22.3.2. At runtime + 23.3.1. At load time + 23.3.2. At runtime - 22.4. How can variables be specified? - 22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments + 23.4. How can variables be specified? + 23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments - 22.5.1. Procedures with parameters - 22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters + 23.5.1. Procedures with parameters + 23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters - 22.6. The order in which files are loaded + 23.6. The order in which files are loaded - 22.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk - 22.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk + 23.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk + 23.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk -23. Regression tests +24. Regression tests - 23.1. The regression tests framework - 23.2. Running the regression tests - 23.3. Adding a new regression test + 24.1. The regression tests framework + 24.2. Running the regression tests + 24.3. Adding a new regression test - 23.3.1. Overridable functions - 23.3.2. Helper functions + 24.3.1. Overridable functions + 24.3.2. Helper functions -24. Porting pkgsrc +25. Porting pkgsrc - 24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system - 24.2. Adding support for a new compiler + 25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system + 25.2. Adding support for a new compiler -Chapter 22. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure +Chapter 23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure Table of Contents -22.1. The meaning of variable definitions -22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise -22.3. Variable evaluation +23.1. The meaning of variable definitions +23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise +23.3. Variable evaluation - 22.3.1. At load time - 22.3.2. At runtime + 23.3.1. At load time + 23.3.2. At runtime -22.4. How can variables be specified? -22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments +23.4. How can variables be specified? +23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments - 22.5.1. Procedures with parameters - 22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters + 23.5.1. Procedures with parameters + 23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters -22.6. The order in which files are loaded +23.6. The order in which files are loaded - 22.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk - 22.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk + 23.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk + 23.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk The pkgsrc infrastructure consists of many small Makefile fragments. Each such fragment needs a properly specified interface. This chapter explains how such an interface looks like. -22.1. The meaning of variable definitions +23.1. The meaning of variable definitions Whenever a variable is defined in the pkgsrc infrastructure, the location and the way of definition provide much information about the intended use of that @@ -7684,7 +7814,7 @@ Note These conventions are currently not applied consistently to the complete pkgsrc infrastructure. -22.2. Avoiding problems before they arise +23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise All variables that contain lists of things should default to being empty. Two examples that do not follow this rule are USE_LANGUAGES and DISTFILES. These @@ -7701,9 +7831,9 @@ package Makefiles. Similarly for USE_LANGUAGES, but in this case the default value ("c") is so short that it doesn't stand out. Nevertheless it is mentioned in many files. -22.3. Variable evaluation +23.3. Variable evaluation -22.3.1. At load time +23.3.1. At load time Variable evaluation takes place either at load time or at runtime, depending on the context in which they occur. The contexts where variables are evaluated at @@ -7739,25 +7869,25 @@ paragraph, the -Wall is appended to the CFLAGS, but this addition will not appear in CONFIGURE_ARGS. In actual code, the three paragraphs from above typically occur in completely unrelated files. -22.3.2. At runtime +23.3.2. At runtime After all the files have been loaded, the values of the variables cannot be changed anymore. Variables that are used in the shell commands are expanded at this point. -22.4. How can variables be specified? +23.4. How can variables be specified? There are many ways in which the definition and use of a variable can be restricted in order to detect bugs and violations of the (mostly unwritten) policies. See the pkglint developer's documentation for further details. -22.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments +23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments Most of the .mk files fall into one of the following classes. Cases where a file falls into more than one class should be avoided as it often leads to subtle bugs. -22.5.1. Procedures with parameters +23.5.1. Procedures with parameters In a traditional imperative programming language some of the .mk files could be described as procedures. They take some input parameters and?after inclusion? @@ -7784,7 +7914,7 @@ Examples for procedures are mk/bsd.options.mk and mk/buildlink3/bsd.builtin.mk. To express that the parameters are evaluated at load time, they should be assigned using the := operator, which should be used only for this purpose. -22.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters +23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters Action files take some input parameters and may define runtime variables. They shall not define loadtime variables. There are action files that are included @@ -7793,7 +7923,7 @@ explicitly. An example for action files is mk/subst.mk. -22.6. The order in which files are loaded +23.6. The order in which files are loaded Package Makefiles usually consist of a set of variable definitions, and include the file ../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk in the very last line. Before that, they may also @@ -7805,7 +7935,7 @@ the files are loaded matters. This section describes at which point the various files are loaded and gives reasons for that order. -22.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk +23.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk The very first action in bsd.pkg.mk is to define some essential variables like OPSYS, OS_VERSION and MACHINE_ARCH. @@ -7827,7 +7957,7 @@ As the last steps, some essential variables from the wrapper and the package system flavor are loaded, as well as the variables that have been cached in earlier phases of a package build. -22.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk +23.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk First, bsd.prefs.mk is loaded. @@ -7854,16 +7984,16 @@ execution, though the actual order should not matter. At last, some more files are included that don't set any interesting variables but rather just define make targets to be executed. -Chapter 23. Regression tests +Chapter 24. Regression tests Table of Contents -23.1. The regression tests framework -23.2. Running the regression tests -23.3. Adding a new regression test +24.1. The regression tests framework +24.2. Running the regression tests +24.3. Adding a new regression test - 23.3.1. Overridable functions - 23.3.2. Helper functions + 24.3.1. Overridable functions + 24.3.2. Helper functions The pkgsrc infrastructure consists of a large codebase, and there are many corners where every little bit of a file is well thought out, making pkgsrc @@ -7872,22 +8002,22 @@ changes from breaking anything, a suite of regression tests should go along with every important part of the pkgsrc infrastructure. This chapter describes how regression tests work in pkgsrc and how you can add new tests. -23.1. The regression tests framework +24.1. The regression tests framework -23.2. Running the regression tests +24.2. Running the regression tests You first need to install the pkgtools/pkg_regress package, which provides the pkg_regress command. Then you can simply run that command, which will run all tests in the regress category. -23.3. Adding a new regression test +24.3. Adding a new regression test Every directory in the regress category that contains a file called spec is considered a regression test. This file is a shell program that is included by the pkg_regress command. The following functions can be overridden to suit your needs. -23.3.1. Overridable functions +24.3.1. Overridable functions These functions do not take any parameters. They are all called in "set -e" mode, so you should be careful to check the exitcodes of any commands you run @@ -7915,7 +8045,7 @@ do_cleanup() This function cleans everything up after the test has been run. By default it does nothing. -23.3.2. Helper functions +24.3.2. Helper functions exit_status(expected) @@ -7934,18 +8064,18 @@ output_prohibit(regex...) () does not match the extended regular expression. If any of the regular expressions matches, the test will fail. -Chapter 24. Porting pkgsrc +Chapter 25. Porting pkgsrc Table of Contents -24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system -24.2. Adding support for a new compiler +25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system +25.2. Adding support for a new compiler The pkgsrc system has already been ported to many operating systems, hardware architectures and compilers. This chapter explains the necessary steps to make pkgsrc even more portable. -24.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system +25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system To port pkgsrc to a new operating system (called MyOS in this example), you need to touch the following files: @@ -7993,7 +8123,7 @@ mk/tools/MyOS.mk Now, you should be able to build some basic packages, like lang/perl5, shells/ bash. -24.2. Adding support for a new compiler +25.2. Adding support for a new compiler TODO @@ -8070,7 +8200,7 @@ Create the directory where the package lives, plus any auxiliary directories: # cd bison # mkdir patches -Create Makefile, DESCR and PLIST (see Chapter 9, Package components - files, +Create Makefile, DESCR and PLIST (see Chapter 10, Package components - files, directories and contents) then continue with fetching the distfile: # make fetch |